RELEASE_NOTES revision 64562
1 SENDMAIL RELEASE NOTES 2 $Id: RELEASE_NOTES,v 8.561.2.5.2.80 2000/07/19 20:40:57 gshapiro Exp $ 3 4 5This listing shows the version of the sendmail binary, the version 6of the sendmail configuration files, the date of release, and a 7summary of the changes in that release. 8 98.11.0/8.11.0 2000/07/19 10 SECURITY: If sendmail is installed as a non-root set-user-ID binary 11 (not the normal case), some operating systems will still 12 keep a saved-uid of the effective-uid when sendmail tries 13 to drop all of its privileges. If sendmail needs to drop 14 these privileges and the operating system doesn't set the 15 saved-uid as well, exit with an error. Problem noted by 16 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 17 SECURITY: sendmail depends on snprintf() NUL terminating the string 18 it populates. It is possible that some broken 19 implementations of snprintf() exist that do not do this. 20 Systems in this category should compile with 21 -DSNPRINTF_IS_BROKEN=1. Use test/t_snprintf.c to test your 22 system and report broken implementations to 23 sendmail-bugs@sendmail.org and your OS vendor. Problem 24 noted by Slawomir Piotrowski of TELSAT GP. 25 Support SMTP Service Extension for Secure SMTP (RFC 2487) (STARTTLS). 26 Implementation influenced by the example programs of 27 OpenSSL and the work of Lutz Jaenicke of TU Cottbus. 28 Add new STARTTLS related options CACERTPath, CACERTFile, 29 ClientCertFile, ClientKeyFile, DHParameters, RandFile, 30 ServerCertFile, and ServerKeyFile. These are documented in 31 cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 32 New STARTTLS related macros: ${cert_issuer}, ${cert_subject}, 33 ${tls_version}, ${cipher}, ${cipher_bits}, ${verify}, 34 ${server_name}, and ${server_addr}. These are documented 35 in cf/README and doc/op/op.*. 36 Add support for the Entropy Gathering Daemon (EGD) for better 37 random data. 38 New DontBlameSendmail option InsufficientEntropy for systems which 39 don't properly seed the PRNG for OpenSSL but want to 40 try to use STARTTLS despite the security problems. 41 Support the security layer in SMTP AUTH for mechanisms which 42 support encryption. Based on code contributed by Tim 43 Martin of CMU. 44 Add new macro ${auth_ssf} to reflect the SMTP AUTH security 45 strength factor. 46 LDAP's -1 (single match only) flag was not honored if the -z 47 (delimiter) flag was not given. Problem noted by ST Wong of 48 the Chinese University of Hong Kong. Fix from Mark Adamson 49 of CMU. 50 Add more protection from accidentally tripping OpenLDAP 1.X's 51 ld_errno == LDAP_DECODING_ERROR hack on ldap_next_attribute(). 52 Suggested by Kurt Zeilenga of OpenLDAP. 53 Fix the default family selection for DaemonPortOptions. As 54 documented, unless a family is specified in a 55 DaemonPortOptions option, "inet" is the default. It is 56 also the default if no DaemonPortOptions value is set. 57 Therefore, IPv6 users should configure additional sockets 58 by adding DaemonPortOptions settings with Family=inet6 if 59 they wish to also listen on IPv6 interfaces. Problem noted 60 by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino of the KAME Project. 61 Set ${if_family} when setting ${if_addr} and ${if_name} to reflect 62 the interface information for an outgoing connection. 63 Not doing so was creating a mismatch between the socket 64 family and address used in subsequent connections if the 65 M=b modifier was set in DaemonPortOptions. Problem noted 66 by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 67 If DaemonPortOptions modifier M=b is used, determine the socket 68 family based on the IP address. ${if_family} is no longer 69 persistent (i.e., saved in qf files). Patch from John Beck 70 of Sun Microsystems. 71 sendmail 8.10 and 8.11 reused the ${if_addr} and ${if_family} 72 macros for both the incoming interface address/family and 73 the outgoing interface address/family. In order for M=b 74 modifier in DaemonPortOptions to work properly, preserve 75 the incoming information in the queue file for later 76 delivery attempts. 77 Use SMTP error code and enhanced status code from check_relay in 78 responses to commands. Problem noted by Jeff Wasilko of 79 smoe.org. 80 Add more vigilance in checking for putc() errors on output streams 81 to protect from a bug in Solaris 2.6's putc(). Problem 82 noted by Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 83 The LDAP map -n option (return attribute names only) wasn't working. 84 Problem noted by Ajay Matia. 85 Under certain circumstances, an address could be listed as deferred 86 but would be bounced back to the sender as failed to be 87 delivered when it really should have been queued. Problem 88 noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 89 Prevent a segmentation fault in a child SMTP process from getting 90 the SMTP transaction out of sync. Problem noted by Per 91 Hedeland of Ericsson. 92 Turn off RES_DEBUG if SFIO is defined unless SFIO_STDIO_COMPAT 93 is defined to avoid a core dump due to incompatibilities 94 between sfio and stdio. Problem noted by Neil Rickert 95 of Northern Illinois University. 96 Don't log useless envelope ID on initial connection log. Problem 97 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 98 Convert the free disk space shown in a control socket status query 99 to kilobyte units. 100 If TryNullMXList is True and there is a temporary DNS failure 101 looking up the hostname, requeue the message for a later 102 attempt. Problem noted by Ari Heikkinen of Pohjois-Savo 103 Polytechnic. 104 Under the proper circumstances, failed connections would be recorded 105 as "Bad file number" instead of "Connection failed" in the 106 queue file and persistent host status. Problem noted by 107 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 108 Avoid getting into an endless loop if a non-hoststat directory exists 109 within the hoststatus directory (e.g., lost+found). 110 Patch from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 111 Make sure Timeout.queuereturn=now returns a bounce message to the 112 sender. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 113 If a message data file can't be opened at delivery time, panic and 114 abort the attempt instead of delivering a message that 115 states "<<< No Message Collected >>>". 116 Fixup the GID checking code from 8.10.2 as it was overly 117 restrictive. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark 118 G. Thomas Consulting. 119 Preserve source port number instead of replacing it with the ident 120 port number (113). 121 Document the queue status characters in the mailq man page. 122 Suggested by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 123 Process queued items in which none of the recipient addresses have 124 host portions (or there are no recipients). Problem noted 125 by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 126 If a cached LDAP connection is used for multiple maps, make sure 127 only the first to open the connection is allowed to close 128 it so a later map close doesn't break the connection for 129 other maps. Problem noted by Wolfgang Hottgenroth of UUNET. 130 Netscape's LDAP libraries do not support Kerberos V4 131 authentication. Patch from Rainer Schoepf of the 132 University of Mainz. 133 Provide workaround for inconsistent handling of data passed 134 via callbacks to Cyrus SASL prior to version 1.5.23. 135 Mention ENHANCEDSTATUSCODES in the SMTP HELP helpfile. Omission 136 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 137 Portability: 138 Add the ability to read IPv6 interface addresses into class 139 'w' under FreeBSD (and possibly others). From Jun 140 Kuriyama of IMG SRC, Inc. and the FreeBSD Project. 141 Replace code for finding the number of CPUs on HPUX. 142 NCRUNIX MP-RAS 3.02 SO_REUSEADDR socket option does not 143 work properly causing problems if the accept() 144 fails and the socket needs to be reopened. Patch 145 from Tom Moore of NCR. 146 NetBSD uses a .0 extension of formatted man pages. From 147 Andrew Brown of Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 148 Return to using the IPv6 AI_DEFAULT flag instead of AI_V4MAPPED 149 for calls to getipnodebyname(). The Linux 150 implementation is broken so AI_ADDRCONFIG is stripped 151 under Linux. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems and 152 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 153 CONFIG: Catch invalid addresses containing a ',' at the wrong place. 154 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 155 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 156 confCACERT_PATH CACERTPath 157 confCACERT CACERTFile 158 confCLIENT_CERT ClientCertFile 159 confCLIENT_KEY ClientKeyFile 160 confDH_PARAMETERS DHParameters 161 confRAND_FILE RandFile 162 confSERVER_CERT ServerCertFile 163 confSERVER_KEY ServerKeyFile 164 CONFIG: Provide basic rulesets for TLS policy control and add new 165 tags to the access database to support these policies. See 166 cf/README for more information. 167 CONFIG: Add TLS information to the Received: header. 168 CONFIG: Call tls_client ruleset from check_mail in case it wasn't 169 called due to a STARTTLS command. 170 CONFIG: If TLS_PERM_ERR is defined, TLS related errors are permanent 171 instead of temporary. 172 CONFIG: FEATURE(`relay_hosts_only') didn't work in combination with 173 the access map and relaying to a domain without using a To: 174 tag. Problem noted by Mark G. Thomas of Mark G. Thomas 175 Consulting. 176 CONFIG: Set confEBINDIR to /usr/sbin to match the devtools entry in 177 OSTYPE(`linux') and OSTYPE(`mklinux'). From Tim Pierce of 178 RootsWeb.com. 179 CONFIG: Make sure FEATURE(`nullclient') doesn't use aliasing and 180 forwarding to make it as close to the old behavior as 181 possible. Problem noted by George W. Baltz of the 182 University of Maryland. 183 CONFIG: Added OSTYPE(`darwin') for Mac OS X and Darwin users. From 184 Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 185 CONFIG: Changed the map names used by FEATURE(`ldap_routing') from 186 ldap_mailhost and ldap_mailroutingaddress to ldapmh and 187 ldapmra as underscores in map names cause problems if 188 underscore is in OperatorChars. Problem noted by Bob Zeitz 189 of the University of Alberta. 190 CONFIG: Apply blacklist_recipients also to hosts in class {w}. 191 Patch from Michael Tratz of Esosoft Corporation. 192 CONFIG: Use A=TCP ... instead of A=IPC ... in SMTP mailers. 193 CONTRIB: Add link_hash.sh to create symbolic links to the hash 194 of X.509 certificates. 195 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: More protection from special characters; 196 treat special shells as root aliases; skip entries where the 197 GECOS full name and username match. From Ulrich Windl of the 198 Universitat Regensburg. 199 CONTRIB: qtool.pl: Add missing last_modified_time method and fix a 200 typo. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 201 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Improve handling of a race between re-mqueue 202 and sendmail. Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 203 CONTRIB: re-mqueue.pl: Don't exit(0) at end so can be called as 204 subroutine Patch from Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 205 CONTRIB: Add movemail.pl (move old mail messages between queues by 206 calling re-mqueue.pl) and movemail.conf (configuration 207 script for movemail.pl). From Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 208 CONTRIB: Add cidrexpand (expands CIDR blocks as a preprocessor to 209 makemap). From Derek J. Balling of Yahoo,Inc. 210 DEVTOOLS: INSTALL_RAWMAN installation option mistakenly applied any 211 extension modifications (e.g., MAN8EXT) to the installation 212 target. Patch from James Ralston of Carnegie Mellon 213 University. 214 DEVTOOLS: Add support for SunOS 5.9. 215 DEVTOOLS: New option confLN contains the command used to create 216 links. 217 LIBSMDB: Berkeley DB 2.X and 3.X errors might be lost and not 218 reported. 219 MAIL.LOCAL: DG/UX portability. Problem noted by Tim Boyer of 220 Denman Tire Corporation. 221 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent a possible DoS attack when compiled with 222 -DCONTENTLENGTH. Based on patch from 3APA3A@SECURITY.NNOV.RU. 223 MAILSTATS: Fix usage statement (-p and -o are optional). 224 MAKEMAP: Change man page layout as workaround for problem with nroff 225 and -man on Solaris 7. Patch from Larry Williamson. 226 RMAIL: AIX 4.3 has snprintf(). Problem noted by David Hayes of 227 Black Diamond Equipment, Limited. 228 RMAIL: Prevent a segmentation fault if the incoming message does not 229 have a From line. 230 VACATION: Read all of the headers before deciding whether or not 231 to respond instead of stopping after finding recipient. 232 Added Files: 233 cf/ostype/darwin.m4 234 contrib/cidrexpand 235 contrib/link_hash.sh 236 contrib/movemail.conf 237 contrib/movemail.pl 238 devtools/OS/SunOS.5.9 239 test/t_snprintf.c 240 2418.10.2/8.10.2 2000/06/07 242 SECURITY: Work around broken Linux setuid() implementation. 243 On Linux, a normal user process has the ability to subvert 244 the setuid() call such that it is impossible for a root 245 process to drop its privileges. Problem noted by Wojciech 246 Purczynski of elzabsoft.pl. 247 SECURITY: Add more vigilance around set*uid(), setgid(), setgroups(), 248 initgroups(), and chroot() calls. 249 Added Files: 250 test/t_setuid.c 251 2528.10.1/8.10.1 2000/04/06 253 SECURITY: Limit the choice of outgoing (client-side) SMTP 254 Authentication mechanisms to those specified in 255 AuthMechanisms to prevent information leakage. We do not 256 recommend use of PLAIN for outgoing mail as it sends the 257 password in clear text to possibly untrusted servers. See 258 cf/README's DefaultAuthInfo section for additional information. 259 Copy the ident argument for openlog() to avoid problems on some 260 OSs. Based on patch from Rob Bajorek from Webhelp.com. 261 Avoid bogus error message when reporting an alias line as too long. 262 Avoid bogus socket error message if sendmail.cf version level is 263 greater than sendmail binary supported version. Patch 264 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 265 Prevent a malformed ruleset (missing right hand side) from causing 266 a segmentation fault when using address test mode. Based on 267 patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 268 Prevent memory leak from use of NIS maps and yp_match(3). Problem 269 noted by Gil Kloepfer of the University of Texas at Austin. 270 Fix queue file permission checks to allow for TrustedUser ownership. 271 Change logging of errors from the trust_auth ruleset to LogLevel 10 272 or higher. 273 Avoid simple password cracking attacks against SMTP AUTH by using 274 exponential delay after too many tries within one connection. 275 Encode an initial empty AUTH challenge as '=', not as empty string. 276 Avoid segmentation fault on EX_SOFTWARE internal error logs. 277 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester 278 Polytechnic Institute. 279 Ensure that a header check which resolves to $#discard actually 280 discards the message. 281 Emit missing value warnings for aliases with no right hand side 282 when newaliases is run instead of only when delivery is 283 attempted to the alias. 284 Remove AuthOptions missing value warning for consistency with other 285 flag options. 286 Portability: 287 SECURITY: Specify a run-time shared library search path for 288 AIX 4.X instead of using the dangerous AIX 4.X 289 linker semantics. AIX 4.X users should consult 290 sendmail/README for further information. Problem 291 noted by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 292 Avoid use of strerror(3) call. Problem noted by Charles 293 Levert of Ecole Polytechnique de Montreal. 294 DGUX requires -lsocket -lnsl and has a non-standard install 295 program. From Tim Boyer of Denman Tire Corporation. 296 HPUX 11.0 has a broken res_search() function. 297 Updates to devtools/OS/NeXT.3.X, NeXT.4.X, and NEXTSTEP.4.X 298 from J. P. McCann of E I A. 299 Digital UNIX/Compaq Tru64 5.0 now includes snprintf(3). 300 Problem noted by Michael Long of Info Avenue Internet 301 Services, LLC. 302 Modern (post-199912) OpenBSD versions include working 303 strlc{at,py}(3) functions. From Todd C. Miller of 304 Courtesan Consulting. 305 SINIX doesn't have random(3). From Gerald Rinske of 306 Siemens Business Services. 307 CONFIG: Change error message about unresolvable sender domain to 308 include the sender address. Proposed by Wolfgang Rupprecht 309 of WSRCC. 310 CONFIG: Fix usenet mailer calls. 311 CONFIG: If RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS is not defined, use SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS 312 to be backward compatible with 8.9. 313 CONFIG: Change handling of default case @domain for virtusertable 314 to allow for +*@domain to deal with +detail. 315 CONTRIB: Remove converting.sun.configs -- it is obsolete. 316 DEVTOOLS: confUBINMODE was being ignored. Fix from KITAZIMA, Tuneki 317 of NEC. 318 DEVTOOLS: Add to NCR platform list and include the architecture 319 (i486). From Tom J. Moore of NCR. 320 DEVTOOLS: SECURITY: Change method of linking with sendmail utility 321 libraries to work around the AIX 4.X and SunOS 4.X linker's 322 overloaded -L option. Problem noted by Valdis Kletnieks of 323 Virginia Tech. 324 DEVTOOLS: configure.sh was overriding the user's choice for 325 confNROFF. Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse 326 University. 327 DEVTOOLS: New variables conf_prog_LIB_POST and confBLDVARIANT added 328 for other internal projects but included in the open source 329 release. 330 LIBSMDB: Check for ".db" instead of simply "db" at the end of the 331 map name to determine whether or not to add the extension. 332 This fixes makemap when building the userdb file. Problem 333 noted by Andrew J Cole of the University of Leeds. 334 LIBSMDB: Allow a database to be opened for updating and created if 335 it doesn't already exist. Problem noted by Rand Wacker of 336 Sendmail. 337 LIBSMDB: If type is SMDB_TYPE_DEFAULT and both NEWDB and NDBM are 338 available, fall back to NDBM if NEWDB open fails. This 339 fixes praliases. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 340 LIBSMUTIL: safefile()'s SFF_NOTEXCL check was being misinterpreted 341 as SFF_NOWRFILES. 342 OP.ME: Clarify some issues regarding mailer flags. Suggested by 343 Martin Mokrejs of The Charles University and Neil Rickert of 344 Northern Illinois University. 345 PRALIASES: Restore 8.9.X functionality of being able to search for 346 particular keys in a database by specifying the keys on the 347 command line. Man page updated accordingly. Patch from 348 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 349 VACATION: SunOS 4.X portability from Charles Levert of Ecole 350 Polytechnique de Montreal. 351 VACATION: Fix -t option which is ignored but available for 352 compatibility with Sun's version, based on patch from 353 Volker Dobler of Infratest Burke. 354 Added Files: 355 devtools/M4/UNIX/smlib.m4 356 devtools/OS/OSF1.V5.0 357 Deleted Files: 358 contrib/converting.sun.configs 359 Deleted Directories (already done in 8.10.0 but not listed): 360 doc/intro 361 doc/usenix 362 doc/changes 363 3648.10.0/8.10.0 2000/03/01 365 ************************************************************* 366 * The engineering department at Sendmail, Inc. has suffered * 367 * the tragic loss of a key member of our engineering team. * 368 * Julie Van Bourg was the Vice President of Engineering * 369 * at Sendmail, Inc. during the development and deployment * 370 * of this release. It was her vision, dedication, and * 371 * support that has made this release a success. Julie died * 372 * on October 26, 1999 of cancer. We have lost a leader, a * 373 * coach, and a friend. * 374 * * 375 * This release is dedicated to her memory and to the joy, * 376 * strength, ideals, and hope that she brought to all of us. * 377 * Julie, we miss you! * 378 ************************************************************* 379 SECURITY: The safe file checks now back track through symbolic 380 links to make sure the files can't be compromised due 381 to poor permissions on the parent directories of the 382 symbolic link target. 383 SECURITY: Only root, TrustedUser, and users in class t can rebuild 384 the alias map. Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the 385 "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 386 SECURITY: There is a potential for a denial of service attack if 387 the AutoRebuildAliases option is set as a user can kill the 388 sendmail process while it is rebuilding the aliases file 389 (leaving it in an inconsistent state). This option and 390 its use is deprecated and will be removed from a future 391 version of sendmail. 392 SECURITY: Make sure all file descriptors (besides stdin, stdout, and 393 stderr) are closed before restarting sendmail. Problem noted 394 by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project 395 (IdS). 396 Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This affects 397 a large number of files. See cf/README for more details. 398 The directory structure of the distribution has changed slightly 399 for easier code sharing among the programs. 400 Support SMTP AUTH (see RFC 2554). New macros for this purpose 401 are ${auth_authen}, ${auth_type}, and ${auth_author} 402 which hold the client's authentication credentials, 403 the mechanism used for authentication, and the 404 authorization identity (i.e., the AUTH= parameter if 405 supplied). Based on code contributed by Tim Martin of CMU. 406 On systems which use the Torek stdio library (all of the BSD 407 distributions), use memory-buffered files to reduce 408 file system overhead by not creating temporary files on 409 disk. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 410 New option DataFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 411 memory-buffered data (df) file before a disk-based file is 412 used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 413 New option XscriptFileBufferSize to control the maximum size of a 414 memory-buffered transcript (xf) file before a disk-based 415 file is used. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 416 sendmail implements RFC 2476 (Message Submission), e.g., it can 417 now listen on several different ports. Use: 418 O DaemonPortOptions=Name=MSA, Port=587, M=E 419 to run a Message Submission Agent (MSA); this is turned 420 on by default in m4-generated .cf files; it can be turned 421 off with FEATURE(`no_default_msa'). 422 The 'XUSR' SMTP command is deprecated. Mail user agents should 423 begin using RFC 2476 Message Submission for initial user 424 message submission. XUSR may disappear from a future release. 425 The new '-G' (relay (gateway) submission) command line option 426 indicates that the message being submitted from the command 427 line is for relaying, not initial submission. This means 428 the message will be rejected if the addresses are not fully 429 qualified and no canonicalization will be done. Future 430 releases may even reject improperly formed messages. 431 The '-U' (initial user submission) command line option is 432 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 433 Mail user agents should begin using '-G' to indicate that 434 this is a relay submission (the inverse of -U). 435 The next release of sendmail will assume that any message submitted 436 from the command line is an initial user submission and act 437 accordingly. 438 If sendmail doesn't have enough privileges to run a .forward 439 program or deliver to file as the owner of that file, the 440 address is marked as unsafe. This means if RunAsUser is 441 set, users won't be able to use programs or delivery to 442 files in their .forward files. Administrators can override 443 this by setting the DontBlameSendmail option to the new 444 setting NonRootSafeAddr. 445 Allow group or world writable directories if the sticky bit is set 446 on the directory and DontBlameSendmail is set to 447 TrustStickyBit. Based on patch from Chris Metcalf of 448 InCert Software. 449 Prevent logging of unsafe directory paths for non-existent forward 450 files if the new DontWarnForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath bit is 451 set in the DontBlameSendmail option. Requested by many. 452 New Timeout.control option to limit the total time spent satisfying 453 a control socket request. 454 New Timeout.resolver options for controlling BIND resolver 455 settings: 456 Timeout.resolver.retrans 457 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 458 seconds). Sets both Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 459 and Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal. 460 Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 461 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 462 seconds) for the first attempt to deliver a message. 463 Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 464 Sets the resolver's retransmission time interval (in 465 seconds) for all resolver lookups except the first 466 delivery attempt. 467 Timeout.resolver.retry 468 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 469 query. Sets both Timeout.resolver.retry.first 470 and Timeout.resolver.retry.normal. 471 Timeout.resolver.retry.first 472 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 473 query for the first attempt to deliver a message. 474 Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 475 Sets the number of times to retransmit a resolver 476 query for all resolver lookups except the first 477 delivery attempt. 478 Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 479 Support multiple queue directories. To use multiple queues, supply 480 a QueueDirectory option value ending with an asterisk. For 481 example, /var/spool/mqueue/q* will use all of the 482 directories or symbolic links to directories beginning with 483 'q' in /var/spool/mqueue as queue directories. Keep in 484 mind, the queue directory structure should not be changed 485 while sendmail is running. Queue runs create a separate 486 process for running each queue unless the verbose flag is 487 given on a non-daemon queue run. New items are randomly 488 assigned to a queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 489 Support different directories for qf, df, and xf queue files; if 490 subdirectories or symbolic links to directories of those names 491 exist in the queue directories, they are used for the 492 corresponding queue files. Keep in mind, the queue 493 directory structure should not be changed while sendmail is 494 running. Proposed by Mathias Koerber of Singapore 495 Telecommunications Ltd. 496 New queue file naming system which uses a filename guaranteed to be 497 unique for 60 years. This allows queue IDs to be assigned 498 without fancy file system locking. Queued items can be 499 moved between queues easily. Contributed by Exactis.com, 500 Inc. 501 Messages which are undeliverable due to temporary address failures 502 (e.g., DNS failure) will now go to the FallBackMX host, if 503 set. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 504 New command line option '-L tag' which sets the identifier used for 505 syslog. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 506 QueueSortOrder=Filename will sort the queue by filename. This 507 avoids opening and reading each queue file when preparing 508 to run the queue. Contributed by Exactis.com, Inc. 509 Shared memory counters and microtimers functionality has been 510 donated by Exactis.com, Inc. 511 The SCCS ID tags have been replaced with RCS ID tags. 512 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to set the 513 QueueDirectory (Q) option without an X-Authentication-Warning: 514 being added. Suggested by Michael K. Sanders. 515 IPv6 support based on patches from John Kennedy of Cal State 516 University, Chico, Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University, 517 and John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 518 In low-disk space situations, where sendmail would previously refuse 519 connections, still accept them, but only allow ETRN commands. 520 Suggested by Mathias Koerber of Singapore Telecommunications 521 Ltd. 522 The [IPC] builtin mailer now allows delivery to a UNIX domain socket 523 on systems which support them. This can be used with LMTP 524 local delivery agents which listen on a named socket. An 525 example mailer might be: 526 Mexecmail, P=[IPC], F=lsDFMmnqSXzA5@/:|, E=\r\n, 527 S=10, R=20/40, T=DNS/RFC822/X-Unix, 528 A=FILE /var/run/lmtpd 529 Code contributed by Lyndon Nerenberg of Messaging Direct. 530 The [TCP] builtin mailer name is now deprecated. Use [IPC] 531 instead. 532 The first mailer argument in the [IPC] mailer is now checked for a 533 legitimate value. Possible values are TCP (for TCP/IP 534 connections), IPC (which will be deprecated in a future 535 version), and FILE (for UNIX domain socket delivery). 536 PrivacyOptions=goaway no longer includes the noetrn and the noreceipts 537 flags. 538 PrivacyOptions=nobodyreturn instructs sendmail not to include the 539 body of the original message on delivery status 540 notifications. 541 Don't announce DSN if PrivacyOptions=noreceipts is set. Problem noted 542 by Dan Bernstein, fix from Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 543 Accept the SMTP RSET command even when rejecting commands due to TCP 544 Wrappers or the check_relay ruleset. Problem noted by 545 Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 546 Warn if OperatorChars is set multiple times. OperatorChars should 547 not be set after rulesets are defined. Suggested by 548 Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 549 Do not report temporary failure on delivery to files. In 550 interactive delivery mode, this would result in two SMTP 551 responses after the DATA command. Problem noted by 552 Nik Conwell of Boston University. 553 Check file close when mailing to files. Problem noted by Nik 554 Conwell of Boston University. 555 Avoid a segmentation fault when using the LDAP map. Patch from 556 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 557 Always bind to the LDAP server regardless of whether you are using 558 ldap_open() or ldap_init(). Fix from Raj Kunjithapadam of 559 @Home Network. 560 New ruleset trust_auth to determine whether a given AUTH= 561 parameter of the MAIL command should be trusted. See SMTP 562 AUTH, cf/README, and doc/op/op.ps. 563 Allow new named config file rules check_vrfy, check_expn, and 564 check_etrn for VRFY, EXPN, and ETRN commands, respectively, 565 similar to check_rcpt etc. 566 Introduce new macros ${rcpt_mailer}, ${rcpt_host}, ${rcpt_addr}, 567 ${mail_mailer}, ${mail_host}, ${mail_addr} that hold 568 the results of parsing the RCPT and MAIL arguments, i.e. 569 the resolved triplet from $#mailer $@host $:addr. 570 From Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 571 New macro ${client_resolve} which holds the result of the resolve 572 call for ${client_name}: OK, FAIL, FORGED, TEMP. Proposed 573 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 574 New macros ${dsn_notify}, ${dsn_envid}, and ${dsn_ret} that hold 575 the corresponding DSN parameter values. Proposed by 576 Mathias Herberts. 577 New macro ${msg_size} which holds the value of the SIZE= parameter, 578 i.e., usually the size of the message (in an ESMTP dialogue), 579 before the message has been collected, thereafter it holds 580 the message size as computed by sendmail (and can be used 581 in check_compat). 582 The macro ${deliveryMode} now specifies the current delivery mode 583 sendmail is using instead of the value of the DeliveryMode 584 option. 585 New macro ${ntries} holds the number of delivery attempts. 586 Drop explicit From: if same as what would be generated only if it is 587 a local address. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 588 Write pid to file also if sendmail only processes the queue. 589 Proposed by Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 590 Log "low on disk space" only when necessary. 591 New macro ${load_avg} can be used to check the current load average. 592 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 593 Return-Receipt-To: header implies DSN request if option RrtImpliesDsn 594 is set. 595 Flag -S for maps to specify the character which is substituted 596 for spaces (instead of the default given by O BlankSub). 597 Flag -D for maps: perform no lookup in deferred delivery mode. 598 This flag is set by default for the host map. Based on a 599 proposal from Ian MacPhedran of the University of Saskatchewan. 600 Open maps only on demand, not at startup. 601 Log warning about unsupported IP address families. 602 New option MaxHeadersLength allows to specify a maximum length 603 of the sum of all headers. This can be used to prevent 604 a denial-of-service attack. 605 New option MaxMimeHeaderLength which limits the size of MIME 606 headers and parameters within those headers. This option 607 is intended to protect mail user agents from buffer 608 overflow attacks. 609 Added option MaxAliasRecursion to specify the maximum depth of 610 alias recursion. 611 New flag F=6 for mailers to strip headers to seven bit. 612 Map type syslog to log the key via syslogd. 613 Entries in the alias file can be continued by putting a backslash 614 directly before the newline. 615 New option DeadLetterDrop to define the location of the system-wide 616 dead.letter file, formerly hardcoded to 617 /usr/tmp/dead.letter. If this option is not set (the 618 default), sendmail will not attempt to save to a 619 system-wide dead.letter file if it can not bounce the mail 620 to the user nor postmaster. Instead, it will rename the qf 621 file as it has in the past when the dead.letter file 622 could not be opened. 623 New option PidFile to define the location of the pid file. The 624 value of this option is macro expanded. 625 New option ProcessTitlePrefix specifies a prefix string for the 626 process title shown in 'ps' listings. 627 New macros for use with the PidFile and ProcessTitlePrefix options 628 (along with the already existing macros): 629 ${daemon_info} Daemon information, e.g. 630 SMTP+queueing@00:30:00 631 ${daemon_addr} Daemon address, e.g., 0.0.0.0 632 ${daemon_family} Daemon family, e.g., inet, inet6, etc. 633 ${daemon_name} Daemon name, e.g., MSA. 634 ${daemon_port} Daemon port, e.g., 25 635 ${queue_interval} Queue run interval, e.g., 00:30:00 636 New macros especially for virtual hosting: 637 ${if_name} hostname of interface of incoming connection. 638 ${if_addr} address of interface of incoming connection. 639 The latter is only set if the interface does not belong to the 640 loopback net. 641 If a message being accepted via a method other than SMTP and 642 would be rejected by a header check, do not send the message. 643 Suggested by Phil Homewood of Mincom Pty Ltd. 644 Don't strip comments for header checks if $>+ is used instead of $>. 645 Provide header value as quoted string in the macro 646 ${currHeader} (possibly truncated to MAXNAME). Suggested by 647 Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 648 The length of the header value is stored in ${hdrlen}. 649 H*: allows to specify a default ruleset for header checks. This 650 ruleset will only be called if the individual header does 651 not have its own ruleset assigned. Suggested by Jan 652 Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 653 The name of the header field stored in ${hdr_name}. 654 Comments (i.e., text within parentheses) in rulesets are not 655 removed if the config file version is greater than or equal 656 to 9. For example, "R$+ ( 1 ) $@ 1" matches the 657 input "token (1)" but does not match "token". 658 Avoid removing the Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 659 MIME messages. Problem noted by Sigurbjorn B. Larusson of 660 Multimedia Consumer Services. Fix from Per Hedeland of 661 Ericsson. 662 Avoid duplicate Content-Transfer-Encoding MIME header on 663 messages with 8-bit text in headers. Problem noted by 664 Per Steinar Iversen of Oslo College. Fix from Per Hedeland 665 of Ericsson. 666 Avoid keeping maps locked longer than necessary when re-opening a 667 modified database map file. Problem noted by Chris Adams 668 of Renaissance Internet Services. 669 Resolving to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure code (e.g., 670 $#error $@ tempfail $: "400 Temporary failure") will now 671 queue up the message instead of bouncing it. 672 Be more liberal in acceptable responses to an SMTP RSET command as 673 standard does not provide any indication of what to do when 674 something other than 250 is received. Based on a patch 675 from Steve Schweinhart of America Online. 676 New option TrustedUser allows to specify a user who can own 677 important files instead of root. This requires HASFCHOWN. 678 Fix USERDB conditional so compiling with NEWDB or HESIOD and 679 setting USERDB=0 works. Fix from Jorg Zanger of Schock. 680 Fix another instance (similar to one in 8.9.3) of a network failure 681 being mis-logged as "Illegal Seek" instead of whatever 682 really went wrong. From John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 683 $? tests also whether the macro is non-null. 684 Print an error message if a mailer definition contains an invalid 685 equate name. 686 New mailer equate /= to specify a directory to chroot() into before 687 executing the mailer program. Suggested by Igor Vinokurov. 688 New mailer equate W= to specify the maximum time to wait for the 689 mailer to return after sending all data to it. 690 Only free memory from the process list when adding a new process 691 into a previously filled slot. Previously, the memory was 692 freed at removal time. Since removal can happen in a 693 signal handler, this may leave the memory map in an 694 inconsistent state. Problem noted by Jeff A. Earickson and 695 David Cooley of Colby College. 696 When using the UserDB @hostname catch-all, do not try to lookup 697 local users in the passwd file. The UserDB code has 698 already decided the message will be passed to another host 699 for processing. Fix from Tony Landells of Burdett 700 Buckeridge Young Limited. 701 Support LDAP authorization via either a file containing the 702 password or Kerberos V4 using the new map options 703 '-ddistinguished_name', '-Mmethod', and '-Pfilename'. The 704 distinguished_name is who to login as. The method can be 705 one of LDAP_AUTH_NONE, LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE, or 706 LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. The filename is the file containing the 707 secret key for LDAP_AUTH_SIMPLE or the name of the Kerberos 708 ticket file for LDAP_AUTH_KRBV4. Patch from Booker Bense 709 of Stanford University. 710 The ldapx map has been renamed to ldap. The use of ldapx is 711 deprecated and will be removed in a future version. 712 If the result of an LDAP search returns a multi-valued attribute 713 and the map has the column delimiter set, it turns that 714 response into a delimiter separated string. The LDAP map 715 will traverse multiple entries as well. LDAP alias maps 716 automatically set the column delimiter to the comma. 717 Based on patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University and 718 idea from Philip A. Prindeville of Mirapoint, Inc. 719 Support return of multiple values for a single LDAP lookup. The 720 values to be returned should be in a comma separated string. 721 For example, `-v "email,emailother"'. Patch from 722 Curtis W. Hillegas of Princeton University. 723 Allow the use of LDAP for alias maps. 724 If no LDAP attributes are specified in an LDAP map declaration, all 725 attributes found in the match will be returned. 726 Prevent commas in quoted strings in the AliasFile value from 727 breaking up a single entry into multiple entries. This is 728 needed for LDAP alias file specifications to allow for 729 comma separated key and value strings. 730 Keep connections to LDAP server open instead of opening and closing 731 for each lookup. To reduce overhead, sendmail will cache 732 connections such that multiple maps which use the same 733 host, port, bind DN, and authentication will only result in 734 a single connection to that host. 735 Put timeout in the proper place for USE_LDAP_INIT. 736 Be more careful about checking for errors and freeing memory on 737 LDAP lookups. 738 Use asynchronous LDAP searches to save memory and network 739 resources. 740 Do not copy LDAP query results if the map's match only flag is set. 741 Increase portability to the Netscape LDAP libraries. 742 Change the parsing of the LDAP filter specification. '%s' is still 743 replaced with the literal contents of the map lookup key -- 744 note that this means a lookup can be done using the LDAP 745 special characters. The new '%0' token can be used instead 746 of '%s' to encode the key buffer according to RFC 2254. 747 For example, if the LDAP map specification contains '-k 748 "(user=%s)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this would be 749 equivalent to '-k "(user=*)"' -- matching ANY record with a 750 user attribute. Instead, if the LDAP map specification 751 contains '-k "(user=%0)"' and a lookup is done on "*", this 752 would be equivalent to '-k "(user=\2A)"' -- matching a user 753 with the name "*". 754 New LDAP map flags: "-1" requires a single match to be returned, if 755 more than one is returned, it is equivalent to no records 756 being found; "-r never|always|search|find" sets the LDAP 757 alias dereference option; "-Z size" limits the number of 758 matches to return. 759 New option LDAPDefaultSpec allows a default map specification for 760 LDAP maps. The value should only contain LDAP specific 761 settings such as "-h host -p port -d bindDN", etc. The 762 settings will be used for all LDAP maps unless they are 763 specified in the individual map specification ('K' 764 command). This option should be set before any LDAP maps 765 are defined. 766 Prevent an NDBM alias file opening loop when the NDBM open 767 continually fails. Fix from Roy J. Mongiovi of Georgia 768 Tech. 769 Reduce memory utilization for smaller symbol table entries. In 770 particular, class entries get much smaller, which can be 771 important if you have large classes. 772 On network-related temporary failures, record the hostname which 773 gave error in the queued status message. Requested by 774 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 775 Add new F=% mailer flag to allow for a store and forward 776 configuration. Mailers which have this flag will not attempt 777 delivery on initial recipient of a message or on queue runs 778 unless the queued message is selected using one of the 779 -qI/-qR/-qS queue run modifiers or an ETRN request. Code 780 provided by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 781 New option ControlSocketName which, when set, creates a daemon 782 control socket. This socket allows an external program to 783 control and query status from the running sendmail daemon 784 via a named socket, similar to the ctlinnd interface to the 785 INN news server. Access to this interface is controlled by 786 the UNIX file permissions on the named socket on most UNIX 787 systems (see sendmail/README for more information). An 788 example control program is provided as contrib/smcontrol.pl. 789 Change the default values of QueueLA from 8 to (8 * numproc) and 790 RefuseLA from 12 to (12 * numproc) where numproc is the 791 number of processors online on the system (if that can be 792 determined). For single processor machines, this change 793 has no effect. 794 Don't return body of message to postmaster on "Too many hops" bounces. 795 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 796 Give more detailed DSN descriptions for some cases. Patch from 797 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 798 Logging of alias, forward file, and UserDB expansion now happens 799 at LogLevel 11 or higher instead of 10 or higher. 800 Logging of an envelope's complete delivery (the "done" message) now 801 happens at LogLevel 10 or higher instead of 11 or higher. 802 Logging of TCP/IP or UNIX standard input connections now happens at 803 LogLevel 10 or higher. Previously, only TCP/IP connections 804 were logged, and on at LogLevel 12 or higher. Setting 805 LogLevel to 10 will now assist users in tracking frequent 806 connection-based denial of service attacks. 807 Log basic information about authenticated connections at LogLevel 808 10 or higher. 809 Log SMTP Authentication mechanism and author when logging the sender 810 information (from= syslog line). 811 Log the DSN code for each recipient if one is available as a new 812 equate (dsn=). 813 Macro expand PostmasterCopy and DoubleBounceAddress options. 814 New "ph" map for performing ph queries in rulesets. More 815 information is available at 816 http://www-wsg.cso.uiuc.edu/sendmail/patches/. 817 Contributed by Mark Roth of the University of Illinois at 818 Urbana-Champaign. 819 Detect temporary lookup failures in the host map if looking up a 820 bracketed IP address. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 821 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 822 Do not report a Remote-MTA on local deliveries. Problem noted by 823 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 824 When a forward file points to an alias which runs a program, run 825 the program as the default user and the default group, not 826 the forward file user. This change also assures the 827 :include: directives in aliases are also processed using 828 the default user and group. Problem noted by Sergiu 829 Popovici of DNT Romania. 830 Prevent attempts to save a dead.letter file for a user with 831 no home directory (/no/such/directory). Problem noted by 832 Michael Brown of Finnigan FT/MS. 833 Include message delay and number of tries when logging that a 834 message has been completely delivered (LogLevel of 10 or 835 above). Suggested by Nick Hilliard of Ireland Online. 836 Log the sender of a message even if none of the recipients were 837 accepted. If some of the recipients were rejected, it is 838 helpful to know the sender of the message. 839 Check the root directory (/) when checking a path for safety. 840 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 841 Prevent multiple responses to the DATA command if DeliveryMode is 842 interactive and delivering to an alias which resolves to 843 multiple files. 844 Macros in the helpfile are expanded if the helpfile version is 2 or 845 greater (see below); the help function doesn't print the 846 version of sendmail any longer, instead it is placed in 847 the helpfile ($v). Suggested by Chuck Foster of UUNET 848 PIPEX. Additionally, comment lines (starting with #) are 849 skipped and a version line (#vers) is introduced. The 850 helpfile version for 8.10.0 is 2, if no version or an older 851 version is found, a warning is logged. The '#vers' 852 directive should be placed at the top of the help file. 853 Use fsync() when delivering to a file to guarantee the delivery to 854 disk succeeded. Suggested by Nick Christenson. 855 If delivery to a file is unsuccessful, truncate the file back to its 856 length before the attempt. 857 If a forward points to a filename for delivery, change to the 858 user's uid before checking permissions on the file. This 859 allows delivery to files on NFS mounted directories where 860 root is remapped to nobody. Problem noted by Harald 861 Daeubler of Universitaet Ulm. 862 purgestat and sendmail -bH purge only expired (Timeout.hoststatus) 863 host status files, not all files. 864 Any macros stored in the class $={persistentMacros} will be saved 865 in the queue file for the message and set when delivery 866 is attempted on the queued item. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 867 Wonderworks Inc. 868 Add support for storing information between rulesets using the new 869 macro map class. This can be used to store information 870 between queue runs as well using $={persistentMacros}. 871 Based on an idea from Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University 872 of Hannover. 873 New map class arith to allow for computations in rules. The 874 operation (+, -, *, /, l (for less than), and =) is given 875 as key. The two operands are specified as arguments; the 876 lookup returns the result of the computation. For example, 877 "$(arith l $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "FALSE" and 878 "$(arith + $@ 4 $@ 2 $)" will return "6". 879 Add new syntax for header declarations which decide whether to 880 include the header based on a macro rather than a mailer 881 flag: 882 H?${MyMacro}?X-My-Header: ${MyMacro} 883 This should be used along with $={persistentMacros}. 884 It can be used for adding headers to a message based on 885 the results of check_* and header check rulesets. 886 Allow new named config file rule check_eoh which is called after 887 all of the headers have been collected. The input to the 888 ruleset the number of headers and the size of all of the 889 headers in bytes separated by $|. This ruleset along with 890 the macro storage map can be used to correlate information 891 gathered between headers and to check for missing headers. 892 See cf/README or doc/op/op.ps for an example. 893 Change the default for the MeToo option to True to correspond 894 to the clarification in the DRUMS SMTP Update spec. This 895 option is deprecated and will be removed from a future 896 version. 897 Change the sendmail binary default for SendMimeErrors to True. 898 Change the sendmail binary default for SuperSafe to True. 899 Display ruleset names in debug and address test mode output 900 if referencing a named ruleset. 901 New mailer equate m= which will limit the number of messages 902 delivered per connection on an SMTP or LMTP mailer. 903 Improve QueueSortOrder=Host by reversing the hostname before 904 using it to sort. Now all the same domains are really run 905 through the queue together. If they have the same MX host, 906 then they will have a much better opportunity to use the 907 connection cache if available. This should be a reasonable 908 performance improvement. Patch from Randall Winchester of 909 the University of Maryland. 910 If a message is rejected by a header check ruleset, log who would 911 have received the message if it had not been rejected. 912 New "now" value for Timeout.queuereturn to bounce entries from the 913 queue immediately. No delivery attempt is made. 914 Increase sleeping time exponentially after too many "bad" commands 915 up to 4 minutes delay (compare MAX{BAD,NOOP,HELO,VRFY,ETRN}- 916 COMMANDS). 917 New option ClientPortOptions similar to DaemonPortOptions 918 but for outgoing connections. 919 New suboptions for DaemonPortOptions: Name (a name used for 920 error messages and logging) and Modifiers, i.e. 921 a require authentication 922 b bind to interface through which mail has 923 been received 924 c perform hostname canonification 925 f require fully qualified hostname 926 h use name of interface for outgoing HELO 927 command 928 C don't perform hostname canonification 929 E disallow ETRN (see RFC 2476) 930 New suboption for ClientPortOptions: Modifiers, i.e. 931 h use name of interface for HELO command 932 The version number for queue files (qf) has been incremented to 4. 933 Log unacceptable HELO/EHLO domain name attempts if LogLevel is set 934 to 10 or higher. Suggested by Rick Troxel of the National 935 Institutes of Health. 936 If a mailer dies, print the status in decimal instead of octal 937 format. Suggested by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 938 Limit the length of all MX records considered for delivery to 8k. 939 Move message priority from sender to recipient logging. Suggested by 940 Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg. 941 Add support for Berkeley DB 3.X. 942 Add fix for Berkeley DB 2.X fcntl() locking race condition. 943 Requires a post-2.7.5 version of Berkeley DB. 944 Support writing traffic log (sendmail -X option) to a FIFO. 945 Patch submitted by Rick Heaton of Network Associates, Inc. 946 Do not ignore Timeout settings in the .cf file when a Timeout 947 sub-options is set on the command line. Problem noted by 948 Graeme Hewson of Oracle. 949 Randomize equal preference MX records each time delivery is 950 attempted via a new connection to a host instead of once per 951 session. Suggested by Scott Salvidio of Compaq. 952 Implement enhanced status codes as defined by RFC 2034. 953 Add [hostname] to class w for the names of all interfaces unless 954 DontProbeInterfaces is set. This is useful for sending mails 955 to hosts which have dynamically assigned names. 956 If a message is bounced due to bad MIME conformance, avoid bouncing 957 the bounce for the same reason. If the body is not 8-bit 958 clean, and EightBitMode isn't set to pass8, the body will 959 not be included in the bounce. Problem noted by Valdis 960 Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 961 The timeout for sending a message via SMTP has been changed from 962 '${msgsize} / 16 + (${nrcpts} * 300)' to a timeout which 963 simply checks for progress on sending data every 5 minutes. 964 This will detect the inability to send information quicker 965 and reduce the number of processes simply waiting to 966 timeout. 967 Prevent a segmentation fault on systems which give a partial filled 968 interface address structure when loading the system network 969 interface addresses. Fix from Reinier Bezuidenhout of 970 Nanoteq. 971 Add a compile-time configuration macro, MAXINTERFACES, which 972 indicates the number of interfaces to read when probing 973 for hostnames and IP addresses for class w ($=w). The 974 default value is 512. Based on idea from Reinier 975 Bezuidenhout of Nanoteq. 976 If the RefuseLA option is set to 0, do not reject connections based 977 on load average. 978 Allow ruleset 0 to have a name. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 979 Northern Illinois University. 980 Expand the Return-Path: header at delivery time, after "owner-" 981 envelope splitting has occurred. 982 Don't try to sort the queue if there are no entries. Patch from 983 Luke Mewburn from RMIT University. 984 Add a "/quit" command to address test mode. 985 Include the proper sender in the UNIX "From " line and Return-Path: 986 header when undeliverable mail is saved to ~/dead.letter. 987 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 988 Institute. 989 The contents of a class can now be copied to another class using 990 the syntax: "C{Dest} $={Source}". This would copy all of 991 the items in class $={Source} into the class $={Dest}. 992 Include original envelope's error transcript in bounces created for 993 split (owner-) envelopes to see the original errors when 994 the recipients were added. Based on fix from Motonori 995 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 996 Show reason for permanent delivery errors directly after the 997 addresses. From Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 998 Prevent a segmentation fault when bouncing a split-envelope 999 message. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1000 If the specification for the queue run interval (-q###) has a 1001 syntax error, consider the error fatal and exit. 1002 Pay attention to CheckpointInterval during LMTP delivery. Problem 1003 noted by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1004 On operating systems which have setlogin(2), use it to set the 1005 login name to the RunAsUserName when starting as a daemon. 1006 This is for delivery to programs which use getlogin(). 1007 Based on fix from Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 1008 Differentiate between "command not implemented" and "command 1009 unrecognized" in the SMTP dialogue. 1010 Strip returns from forward and include files. Problem noted by 1011 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1012 Prevent a core dump when using 'sendmail -bv' on an address which 1013 resolves to the $#error mailer with a temporary failure. 1014 Based on fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1015 University. 1016 Prevent multiple deliveries of a message with a "non-local alias" 1017 pointing to a local user, if canonicalization fails 1018 the message was requeued *and* delivered to the alias. 1019 If an invalid ruleset is declared, the ruleset name could be 1020 ignored and its rules added to S0. Instead, ignore the 1021 ruleset lines as well. 1022 Avoid incorrect Final-Recipient, Action, and X-Actual-Recipient 1023 success DSN fields as well as duplicate entries for a 1024 single address due to S5 and UserDB processing. Problems 1025 noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1026 Institute. 1027 Turn off timeouts when exiting sendmail due to an interrupt signal 1028 to prevent the timeout from firing during the exit process. 1029 Problem noted by Michael Shapiro of Sun Microsystems. 1030 Do not append @MyHostName to non-RFC822 addresses output by the EXPN 1031 command or on Final-Recipient: and X-Actual-Recipient: DSN 1032 headers. Non-RFC822 addresses include deliveries to 1033 programs, file, DECnet, etc. 1034 Fix logic for determining if a local user is using -f or -bs to 1035 spoof their return address. Based on idea from Neil Rickert 1036 of Northern Illinois University and patch from Per Hedeland 1037 of Ericsson. 1038 Report the proper UID in the bounce message if an :include: file is 1039 owned by a uid that doesn't map to a username and the 1040 :include: file contains delivery to a file or program. 1041 Problem noted by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1042 Avoid the attempt of trying to send a second SMTP QUIT command if 1043 the remote server responds to the first QUIT with a 4xx 1044 response code and drops the connection. This behavior was 1045 noted by Ulrich Windl of the Universitat Regensburg when 1046 sendmail was talking to the Mercury 1.43 MTA. 1047 If a hostname lookup times out and ServiceSwitchFile is set but the 1048 file is not present, the lookup failure would be marked as 1049 a permanent failure instead of a temporary failure. Fix 1050 from Russell King of the ARM Linux Project. 1051 Handle aliases or forwards which deliver to programs using tabs 1052 instead of spaces between arguments. Problem noted by Randy 1053 Wormser. Fix from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1054 University. 1055 Allow MaxRecipientsPerMessage option to be set on the command line 1056 by normal users (e.g., sendmail won't drop its root 1057 privileges) to allow overrides for message submission via 1058 'sendmail -bs'. 1059 Set the names for help file and statistics file to "helpfile" and 1060 "statistics", respectively, if no parameters are given for 1061 them in the .cf file. 1062 Avoid bogus 'errbody: I/O Error -7' log messages when sending 1063 success DSN messages for messages relayed to non-DSN aware 1064 systems. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of RUS University 1065 of Stuttgart and Kyle Tucker of Parexel International. 1066 Prevent +detail information from interfering with local delivery to 1067 multiple users in the same transaction (F=m). 1068 Add H_FORCE flag for the X-Authentication-Warning: header, so it 1069 will be added even if one already exists. Problem noted 1070 by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 1071 Stop processing SMTP commands if the SMTP connection is dropped. 1072 This prevents a remote system from flooding the connection 1073 with commands and then disconnecting. Previously, the 1074 server would process all of the buffered commands. Problem 1075 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 1076 Properly process user-supplied headers beginning with '?'. Problem 1077 noted by Michal Zalewski of Marchew Industries. 1078 If multiple header checks resolve to the $#error mailer, use the 1079 last permanent (5XX) failure if any exist. Otherwise, use 1080 the last temporary (4XX) failure. 1081 RFC 1891 requires "hexchar" in a "xtext" to be upper case. Patch 1082 from Ronald F. Guilmette of Infinite Monkeys & Co. 1083 Timeout.ident now defaults to 5 seconds instead of 30 seconds to 1084 prevent the now common delays associated with mailing to a 1085 site which drops IDENT packets. Suggested by many. 1086 Persistent host status data is not reloaded disk when current data 1087 is available in the in-memory cache. Problem noted by Per 1088 Hedeland of Ericsson. 1089 mailq displays unprintable characters in addresses as their octal 1090 representation and a leading backslash. This avoids problems 1091 with "unprintable" characters. Problem noted by Michal 1092 Zalewski of the "Internet for Schools" project (IdS). 1093 The mail line length limit (L= equate) was adding the '!' indicator 1094 one character past the limit. This would cause subsequent 1095 hops to break the line again. The '!' is now placed in 1096 the last column of the limit if the line needs to be broken. 1097 Problem noted by Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. Based on fix 1098 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1099 If a resolver ANY query is larger than the UDP packet size, the 1100 resolver will fall back to TCP. However, some 1101 misconfigured firewalls black 53/TCP so the ANY lookup 1102 fails whereas an MX or A record might succeed. Therefore, 1103 don't fail on ANY queries. 1104 If an SMTP recipient is rejected due to syntax errors in the 1105 address, do not send an empty postmaster notification DSN 1106 to the postmaster. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1107 Northern Illinois University. 1108 Allow '_' and '.' in map names when parsing a sequence map 1109 specification. Patch from William Setzer of North Carolina 1110 State University. 1111 Fix hostname in logging of read timeouts for the QUIT command on 1112 cached connections. Problem noted by Neil Rickert of 1113 Northern Illinois University. 1114 Use a more descriptive entry to log "null" connections, i.e., 1115 "host did not issue MAIL/EXPN/VRFY/ETRN during connection". 1116 Fix a file descriptor leak in ONEX mode. 1117 Portability: 1118 Reverse signal handling logic such that sigaction(2) with 1119 the SA_RESTART flag is the preferred method and the 1120 other signal methods are only tried if SA_RESTART 1121 is not available. Problem noted by Allan E 1122 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1123 AIX 4.x supports the sa_len member of struct sockaddr. 1124 This allows network interface probing to work 1125 properly. Fix from David Bronder of the 1126 University of Iowa. 1127 AIX 4.3 has snprintf() support. 1128 Use "PPC" as the architecture name when building under 1129 AIX. This will be reflected in the obj.* directory 1130 name. 1131 Apple Darwin support based on Apple Rhapsody port. 1132 Fixed AIX 'make depend' method from Valdis Kletnieks of 1133 Virginia Tech. 1134 Digital UNIX has uname(2). 1135 GNU Hurd updates from Mark Kettenis of the University of 1136 Amsterdam. 1137 Improved HPUX 11.0 portability. 1138 Properly determine the number of CPUs on FreeBSD 2.X, 1139 FreeBSD 3.X, HP/UX 10.X and HP/UX 11.X. 1140 Remove special IRIX ABI cases from Build script and the OS 1141 files. Use the standard 'cc' options used by SGI 1142 in building the operating system. Users can 1143 override the defaults by setting confCC and 1144 confLIBSEARCHPATH appropriately. 1145 IRIX nsd map support from Bob Mende of SGI. 1146 Minor devtools fixes for IRIX from Bob Mende of SGI. 1147 Linux patch for IP_SRCROUTE support from Joerg Dorchain 1148 of MW EDV & ELECTRONIC. 1149 Linux now uses /usr/sbin for confEBINDIR in the build 1150 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 1151 Remove special treatment for Linux PPC in the build 1152 system. From MATSUURA Takanori of Osaka University. 1153 Motorolla UNIX SYSTEM V/88 Release 4.0 support from 1154 Sergey Rusanov of the Republic of Udmurtia. 1155 NCR MP-RAS 3.x includes regular expression support. From 1156 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 1157 NEC EWS-UX/V series settings for _PATH_VENDOR_CF and 1158 _PATH_SENDMAILPID from Oota Toshiya of 1159 NEC Computers Group Planning Division. 1160 Minor NetBSD owner/group tweaks from Ayamura Kikuchi, M.D. 1161 NEWS-OS 6.X listed SYSLOG_BUFSIZE as 256 in confENVDEF and 1162 1024 in conf.h. Since confENVDEF would be used, 1163 use that value in conf.h. 1164 Use NeXT's NETINFO to get domain name. From Gerd Knops of 1165 BITart Consulting. 1166 Use NeXT's NETINFO for alias and hostname resolution if 1167 AUTO_NETINFO_ALIASES and AUTO_NETINFO_HOSTS are 1168 defined. Patch from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple 1169 Computer, Inc. 1170 NeXT portability tweaks. Problems reported by Dragan 1171 Milicic of the University of Utah and J. P. McCann 1172 of E I A. 1173 New compile flag FAST_PID_RECYCLE: set this if your system 1174 can reuse the same PID in the same second. 1175 New compile flag HASFCHOWN: set this if your OS has 1176 fchown(2). 1177 New compile flag HASRANDOM: set this to 0 if your OS does 1178 not have random(3). rand() will be used instead. 1179 New compile flag HASSRANDOMDEV: set this if your OS has 1180 srandomdev(3). 1181 New compile flag HASSETLOGIN: set this if your OS has 1182 setlogin(2). 1183 Replace SINIX and ReliantUNIX support with version 1184 specific SINIX files. From Gerald Rinske of 1185 Siemens Business Services. 1186 Use the 60-second load average instead of the 5 second load 1187 average on Compaq Tru64 UNIX (formerly Digital 1188 UNIX). From Chris Teakle of the University of Qld. 1189 Use ANSI C by default for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. Suggested by 1190 Randall Winchester of Swales Aerospace. 1191 Correct setgroups() prototype for Compaq Tru64 UNIX. 1192 Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 1193 Aerospace. 1194 Hitachi 3050R/3050RX and 3500 Workstations running 1195 HI-UX/WE2 4.02, 6.10 and 7.10 from Motonori 1196 NAKAMURA of Kyoto University. 1197 New compile flag NO_GETSERVBYNAME: set this to disable 1198 use of getservbyname() on systems which can 1199 not lookup a service by name over NIS, such as 1200 HI-UX. Patch from Motonori NAKAMURA of Kyoto 1201 University. 1202 Use devtools/bin/install.sh on SCO 5.x. Problem noted 1203 by Sun Wenbing of the China Engineering and 1204 Technology Information Network. 1205 make depend didn't work properly on UNIXWARE 4.2. Problem 1206 noted by Ariel Malik of Netology, Ltd. 1207 Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 1208 Set confSTDIO_TYPE to torek for BSD-OS, FreeBSD, NetBSD, 1209 and OpenBSD. 1210 A recent Compaq Ultrix 4.5 Y2K patch has broken detection 1211 of local_hostname_length(). See sendmail/README 1212 for more details. Problem noted by Allan E 1213 Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1214 CONFIG: Begin using /etc/mail/ for sendmail related files. This 1215 affects a large number of files. See cf/README for more 1216 details. 1217 CONFIG: New macro MAIL_SETTINGS_DIR contains the path (including 1218 trailing slash) for the mail settings directory. 1219 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file to 9. 1220 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`bsdi1.0') and OSTYPE(`bsdi2.0') have been 1221 deprecated and may be removed from a future release. 1222 BSD/OS users should begin using OSTYPE(`bsdi'). 1223 CONFIG: OpenBSD 2.4 installs mail.local non-setuid root. This 1224 requires a new OSTYPE(`openbsd'). From Todd C. Miller of 1225 Courtesan Consulting. 1226 CONFIG: New OSTYPE(`hpux11') for HP/UX 11.X. 1227 CONFIG: A syntax error in check_mail would cause fake top-level 1228 domains (.BITNET, .DECNET, .FAX, .USENET, and .UUCP) to 1229 be improperly rejected as unresolvable. 1230 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`dnsbl') takes up to two arguments (name of 1231 DNS server, rejection message) and can be included 1232 multiple times. 1233 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`relay_mail_from') allows relaying if the 1234 mail sender is listed as RELAY in the access map (and tagged 1235 with From:). 1236 CONFIG: Optional tagging of LHS in the access map (Connect:, 1237 From:, To:) to enable finer control. 1238 CONFIG: New FEATURE(`ldap_routing') implements LDAP address 1239 routing. See cf/README for a complete description of the 1240 new functionality. 1241 CONFIG: New variables for the new sendmail options: 1242 confAUTH_MECHANISMS AuthMechanisms 1243 confAUTH_OPTIONS AuthOptions 1244 confCLIENT_OPTIONS ClientPortOptions 1245 confCONTROL_SOCKET_NAME ControlSocketName 1246 confDEAD_LETTER_DROP DeadLetterDrop 1247 confDEF_AUTH_INFO DefaultAuthInfo 1248 confDF_BUFFER_SIZE DataFileBufferSize 1249 confLDAP_DEFAULT_SPEC LDAPDefaultSpec 1250 confMAX_ALIAS_RECURSION MaxAliasRecursion 1251 confMAX_HEADERS_LENGTH MaxHeadersLength 1252 confMAX_MIME_HEADER_LENGTH MaxMimeHeaderLength 1253 confPID_FILE PidFile 1254 confPROCESS_TITLE_PREFIX ProcessTitlePrefix 1255 confRRT_IMPLIES_DSN RrtImpliesDsn 1256 confTO_CONTROL Timeout.control 1257 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS Timeout.resolver.retrans 1258 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retrans.first 1259 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRANS_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retrans.normal 1260 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY Timeout.resolver.retry 1261 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_FIRST Timeout.resolver.retry.first 1262 confTO_RESOLVER_RETRY_NORMAL Timeout.resolver.retry.normal 1263 confTRUSTED_USER TrustedUser 1264 confXF_BUFFER_SIZE XscriptFileBufferSize 1265 CONFIG: confDAEMON_OPTIONS has been replaced by DAEMON_OPTIONS(), 1266 which takes the options as argument and can be used 1267 multiple times; see cf/README for details. 1268 CONFIG: Add a fifth mailer definition to MAILER(`smtp') called 1269 "dsmtp". This mail provides on-demand delivery using the 1270 F=% mailer flag described above. The "dsmtp" mailer 1271 definition uses the new DSMTP_MAILER_ARGS which defaults 1272 to "IPC $h". 1273 CONFIG: New variables LOCAL_MAILER_MAXMSGS, SMTP_MAILER_MAXMSGS, 1274 and RELAY_MAILER_MAXMSGS for setting the m= equate for the 1275 local, smtp, and relay mailers respectively. 1276 CONFIG: New variable LOCAL_MAILER_DSN_DIAGNOSTIC_CODE for setting 1277 the DSN Diagnostic-Code type for the local mailer. The 1278 value should be changed with care. 1279 CONFIG: FEATURE(`local_lmtp') now sets the DSN Diagnostic-Code type 1280 for the local mailer to the proper value of "SMTP". 1281 CONFIG: All included maps are no longer optional by default; if 1282 there there is a problem with a map, sendmail will 1283 complain. 1284 CONFIG: Removed root from class E; use EXPOSED_USER(`root') 1285 to get the old behavior. Suggested by Joe Pruett 1286 of Q7 Enterprises. 1287 CONFIG: MASQUERADE_EXCEPTION() defines hosts/subdomains which 1288 will not be masqueraded. Proposed by Arne Wichmann 1289 of MPI Saarbruecken, Griff Miller of PGS Tensor, 1290 Jayme Cox of Broderbund Software Inc. 1291 CONFIG: A list of exceptions for FEATURE(`nocanonify') can be 1292 specified by CANONIFY_DOMAIN or CANONIFY_DOMAIN_FILE, 1293 i.e., a list of domains which are passed to $[ ... $] 1294 for canonification. Based on an idea from Neil Rickert 1295 of Northern Illinois University. 1296 CONFIG: If `canonify_hosts' is specified as parameter for 1297 FEATURE(`nocanonify') then addresses which have only 1298 a hostname, e.g., <user@host>, will be canonified. 1299 CONFIG: If FEATURE(`nocanonify') is turned on, a trailing dot is 1300 nevertheless added to addresses with more than one component 1301 in it. 1302 CONFIG: Canonification is no longer attempted for any host or domain 1303 in class 'P' ($=P). 1304 CONFIG: New class for matching virtusertable entries $={VirtHost} that 1305 can be populated by VIRTUSER_DOMAIN or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE. 1306 FEATURE(`virtuser_entire_domain') can be used to apply this 1307 class also to entire subdomains. Hosts in this class are 1308 treated as canonical in SCanonify2, i.e., a trailing dot 1309 is added. 1310 CONFIG: If VIRTUSER_DOMAIN() or VIRTUSER_DOMAIN_FILE() are used, 1311 include $={VirtHost} in $=R (hosts allowed to relay). 1312 CONFIG: FEATURE(`generics_entire_domain') can be used to apply the 1313 genericstable also to subdomains of $=G. 1314 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %2 for virtusertable lookups. 1315 Patch from Noam Freedman from University of Chicago. 1316 CONFIG: Pass "+detail" as %1 for genericstable lookups. Suggested 1317 by Raymond S Brand of rsbx.net. 1318 CONFIG: Allow @domain in genericstable to override masquerading. 1319 Suggested by Owen Duffy from Owen Duffy & Associates. 1320 CONFIG: LOCAL_DOMAIN() adds entries to class w. Suggested by Steve 1321 Hubert of University of Washington. 1322 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`gnuhurd') has been replaced by OSTYPE(`gnu') as 1323 GNU is now the canonical system name. From Mark 1324 Kettenis of the University of Amsterdam. 1325 CONFIG: OSTYPE(`unixware7') updates from Larry Rosenman. 1326 CONFIG: Do not include '=' in option expansion if there is no value 1327 associated with the option. From Andrew Brown of 1328 Graffiti World Wide, Inc. 1329 CONFIG: Add MAILER(`qpage') to define a new pager mailer. Contributed 1330 by Philip A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology 1331 Services. 1332 CONFIG: MAILER(`cyrus') was not preserving case for mail folder 1333 names. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of Swales 1334 Aerospace. 1335 CONFIG: RELAY_MAILER_FLAGS can be used to define additional flags 1336 for the relay mailer. Suggested by Doug Hughes of Auburn 1337 University and Brian Candler. 1338 CONFIG: LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS now includes 'P' (Add Return-Path: 1339 header) by default. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1340 CONFIG: Use SMART_HOST for bracketed addresses, e.g., user@[host]. 1341 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1342 Institute. 1343 CONFIG: New macro MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS to tweak *_MAILER_FLAGS; 1344 i.e., to set, add, or delete flags. 1345 CONFIG: If SMTP AUTH is used then relaying is allowed for any user 1346 who authenticated via a "trusted" mechanism, i.e., one that 1347 is defined via TRUST_AUTH_MECH(`list of mechanisms'). 1348 CONFIG: FEATURE(`delay_checks') delays check_mail and check_relay 1349 after check_rcpt and allows for exceptions from the checks. 1350 CONFIG: Map declarations have been moved into their associated 1351 feature files to allow greater flexibility in use of 1352 sequence maps. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1353 CONFIG: New macro LOCAL_MAILER_EOL to override the default end of 1354 line string for the local mailer. Requested by Il Oh of 1355 Willamette Industries, Inc. 1356 CONFIG: Route addresses are stripped, i.e., <@a,@b,@c:user@d> is 1357 converted to <user@d> 1358 CONFIG: Reject bogus return address of <@@hostname>, generated by 1359 Sun's older, broken configuration files. 1360 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nullclient') now provides the full rulesets of a 1361 normal configuration, allowing anti-spam checks to be 1362 performed. 1363 CONFIG: Don't return a permanent error (Relaying denied) if 1364 ${client_name} can't be resolved just temporarily. 1365 Suggested by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 1366 Institute. 1367 CONFIG: Change numbered rulesets into named (which still can 1368 be accessed by their numbers). 1369 CONFIG: FEATURE(`nouucp') takes one parameter: reject or nospecial 1370 which describes whether to disallow "!" in the local part 1371 of an address. 1372 CONFIG: Call Local_localaddr from localaddr (S5) which can be used 1373 to rewrite an address from a mailer which has the F=5 flag 1374 set. If the ruleset returns a mailer, the appropriate 1375 action is taken, otherwise the returned tokens are ignored. 1376 CONFIG: cf/ostype/solaris.m4 has been renamed to solaris2.pre5.m4 1377 and cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 is now a copy of solaris2.ml.m4. 1378 The latter is kept around for backward compatibility. 1379 CONFIG: Allow ":D.S.N:" for mailer/virtusertable "error:" entries, 1380 where "D.S.N" is an RFC 1893 compliant error code. 1381 CONFIG: Use /usr/lbin as confEBINDIR for Compaq Tru64 (Digital UNIX). 1382 CONFIG: Remove second space between username and date in UNIX From_ 1383 line. Noted by Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 1384 Institute. 1385 CONFIG: Make sure all of the mailers have complete T= equates. 1386 CONFIG: Extend FEATURE(`local_procmail') so it can now take 1387 arguments overriding the mailer program, arguments, and 1388 mailer definition flags. This makes it possible to use 1389 other programs such as maildrop for local delivery. 1390 CONFIG: Emit warning if FEATURE(`local_lmtp') or 1391 FEATURE(`local_procmail') is given after MAILER(`local'). 1392 Patch from Richard A. Nelson of IBM. 1393 CONFIG: Add SMTP Authentication information to Received: header 1394 default value (confRECEIVED_HEADER). 1395 CONFIG: Remove `l' flag from USENET_MAILER_FLAGS as it is not a 1396 local mailer. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1397 CONTRIB: Added bounce-resender.pl from Brian R. Gaeke of the 1398 University of California at Berkeley. 1399 CONTRIB: Added domainmap.m4 from Mark D. Roth of the University of 1400 Illinois at Urbana-Champaign. 1401 CONTRIB: etrn.pl now recognizes bogus host names. Patch from 1402 Bruce Barnett of GE's R&D Lab. 1403 CONTRIB: Patches for re-mqueue.pl by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 1404 Corporation UK. 1405 CONTRIB: Added qtool.pl to assist in managing the queues. 1406 DEVTOOLS: Prevent user environment variables from interfering with 1407 the Build scripts. Problem noted by Ezequiel H. Panepucci of 1408 Yale University. 1409 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -M' will display the obj.* directory which will 1410 be used for building. 1411 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -A' will display the architecture that would be 1412 used for a fresh build. 1413 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIB, set automatically by configure.sh. 1414 DEVTOOLS: New variable confRANLIBOPTS for the options to send to 1415 ranlib. 1416 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -O <path>' will have the object files build in 1417 <path>/obj.*. Suggested by Bryan Costales of Exactis. 1418 DEVTOOLS: New variable confNO_MAN_BUILD which will prevent the 1419 building of the man pages when defined. Suggested by Bryan 1420 Costales. 1421 DEVTOOLS: New variables confNO_HELPFILE_INSTALL and 1422 confNO_STATISTICS_INSTALL which will prevent the 1423 installation of the sendmail helpfile and statistics file 1424 respectively. Suggested by Bryan Costales. 1425 DEVTOOLS: Recognize ReliantUNIX as SINIX. Patch from Gerald Rinske 1426 of Siemens Business Services. 1427 DEVTOOLS: New variable confSTDIO_TYPE which defines the type of 1428 stdio library. The new buffered file I/O depends on the 1429 Torek stdio library. This option can be either portable or 1430 torek. 1431 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSRCADD and confSMSRCADD which 1432 correspond to confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD respectively. 1433 They should contain the C source files for the object files 1434 listed in confOBJADD and confSMOBJADD. These file names 1435 will be passed to the 'make depend' stage of compilation. 1436 DEVTOOLS: New program specific variables for each of the programs 1437 in the sendmail distribution. Each has the form 1438 `conf_prog_ENVDEF', for example, `conf_sendmail_ENVDEF'. 1439 The new variables are conf_prog_ENVDEF, conf_prog_LIBS, 1440 conf_prog_SRCADD, and conf_prog_OBJADD. 1441 DEVTOOLS: Build system redesign. This should have little affect on 1442 building the distribution, but documentation on the changes 1443 are in devtools/README. 1444 DEVTOOLS: Don't allow 'Build -f file' if an object directory already 1445 exists. Suggested by Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 1446 DEVTOOLS: Rename confSRCDIR to confSMSRCDIR since it only identifies 1447 the path to the sendmail source directory. confSRCDIR is a 1448 new variable which identifies the root of the source 1449 directories for all of the programs in the distribution. 1450 DEVTOOLS: confSRCDIR and confSMSRCDIR are now determined at Build 1451 time. They can both still be overridden by setting the m4 1452 macro. 1453 DEVTOOLS: confSBINGRP now defaults to bin instead of kmem. 1454 DEVTOOLS: 'Build -Q prefix' uses devtools/Site/prefix.*.m4 for 1455 build configurations, and places objects in obj.prefix.*/. 1456 Complains as 'Build -f file' does for existing object 1457 directories. Suggested by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment 1458 Corporation. 1459 DEVTOOLS: Setting confINSTALL_RAWMAN will install unformatted 1460 manual pages in the directory tree specified by 1461 confMANROOTMAN. 1462 DEVTOOLS: If formatting the manual pages fails, copy in the 1463 preformatted pages from the distribution. The new variable 1464 confCOPY specifies the copying program. 1465 DEVTOOLS: Defining confFORCE_RMAIL will install rmail without 1466 question. Suggested by Terry Lambert of Whistle 1467 Communications. 1468 DEVTOOLS: confSTFILE and confHFFILE can be used to change the names 1469 of the installed statistics and help files, respectively. 1470 DEVTOOLS: Remove spaces in `uname -r` output when determining 1471 operating system identity. Problem noted by Erik 1472 Wachtenheim of Dartmouth College. 1473 DEVTOOLS: New variable confLIBSEARCHPATH to specify the paths that 1474 will be search for the libraries specified in confLIBSEARCH. 1475 Defaults to "/lib /usr/lib /usr/shlib". 1476 DEVTOOLS: New variables confSTRIP and confSTRIPOPTS for specifying 1477 how to strip binaries. These are used by the new 1478 install-strip target. 1479 DEVTOOLS: New config file site.post.m4 which is included after 1480 the others (if it exists). 1481 DEVTOOLS: Change order of LIBS: first product specific libraries 1482 then the default ones. 1483 MAIL.LOCAL: Will not be installed setuid root. To use mail.local 1484 as local delivery agent without LMTP mode, use 1485 MODIFY_MAILER_FLAGS(`LOCAL', `+S') 1486 to set the S flag. 1487 MAIL.LOCAL: Do not reject addresses which would otherwise be 1488 accepted by sendmail. Suggested by Neil Rickert of 1489 Northern Illinois University. 1490 MAIL.LOCAL: New -7 option which causes LMTP mode not to advertise 1491 8BITMIME in the LHLO response. Suggested by Kari Hurtta of 1492 the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1493 MAIL.LOCAL: Add support for the maillock() routines by defining 1494 MAILLOCK when compiling. Also requires linking with 1495 -lmail. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1496 University. 1497 MAIL.LOCAL: Create a Content-Length: header if CONTENTLENGTH is 1498 defined when compiling. Automatically set for Solaris 2.3 1499 and later. Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1500 University. 1501 MAIL.LOCAL: Move the initialization of the 'notifybiff' address 1502 structure to the beginning of the program. This ensures that 1503 the getservbyname() is done before any seteuid to a possibly 1504 unauthenticated user. If you are using NIS+ and secure RPC 1505 on a Solaris system, this avoids syslog messages such as, 1506 "authdes_refresh: keyserv(1m) is unable to encrypt session 1507 key." Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois 1508 University. 1509 MAIL.LOCAL: Support group writable mail spool files when MAILGID is 1510 set to the gid to use (-DMAILGID=6) when compiling. 1511 Patch from Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1512 MAIL.LOCAL: When a mail message included lines longer than 2046 1513 characters (in LMTP mode), mail.local split the incoming 1514 line up into 2046-character output lines (excluding the 1515 newline). If an input line was 2047 characters long 1516 (excluding CR-LF) and the last character was a '.', 1517 mail.local saw it as the end of input, transfered it to the 1518 user mailbox and tried to write an `ok' back to sendmail. 1519 If the message was much longer, both sendmail and 1520 mail.local would deadlock waiting for each other to read 1521 what they have written. Problem noted by Peter Jeremy of 1522 Alcatel Australia Limited. 1523 MAIL.LOCAL: New option -b to return a permanent error instead of a 1524 temporary error if a mailbox exceeds quota. Suggested by 1525 Neil Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1526 MAIL.LOCAL: The creation of a lockfile is subject to a global 1527 timeout to avoid starvation. 1528 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly parse addresses with multiple quoted 1529 local-parts. Problem noted by Ronald F. Guilmette of 1530 Infinite Monkeys & Co. 1531 MAIL.LOCAL: NCR MP/RAS 3.X portability from Tom J. Moore of NCR. 1532 MAILSTATS: New -p option to invoke program mode in which stats are 1533 printed in a machine readable fashion and the stats file 1534 is reset. Patch from Kevin Hildebrand of the University 1535 of Maryland. 1536 MAKEMAP: If running as root, automatically change the ownership of 1537 generated maps to the TrustedUser as specified in the 1538 sendmail configuration file. 1539 MAKEMAP: New -C option to accept an alternate sendmail 1540 configuration file to use for finding the TrustedUser 1541 option. 1542 MAKEMAP: New -u option to dump (unmap) a database. Based on 1543 code contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 1544 MAKEMAP: New -e option to allow empty values. Suggested by Philip 1545 A. Prindeville of Enteka Enterprise Technology Services. 1546 MAKEMAP: Compile cleanly on 64-bit operating systems. Problem 1547 noted by Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services. 1548 OP.ME: Correctly document interaction between F=S and U= mailer 1549 equates. Problem noted by Bob Halley of Internet Engines. 1550 OP.ME: Fixup Timeout documentation. From Graeme Hewson of Oracle 1551 Corporation UK. 1552 OP.ME: The Timeout [r] option was incorrectly listed as "safe" 1553 (e.g., sendmail would not drop root privileges if the 1554 option was specified on the command line). Problem noted 1555 by Todd C. Miller of Courtesan Consulting. 1556 PRALIASES: Handle the hash and btree map specifications for 1557 Berkeley DB. Patch from Brian J. Coan of the 1558 Institute for Global Communications. 1559 PRALIASES: Read the sendmail.cf file for the location(s) of the 1560 alias file(s) if the -f option is not used. Patch from 1561 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1562 PRALIASES: New -C option to specify an alternate sendmail 1563 configuration file to use for finding alias file(s). Patch 1564 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1565 SMRSH: allow shell commands echo, exec, and exit. Allow command 1566 lists using || and &&. Based on patch from Brian J. Coan 1567 of the Institute for Global Communications. 1568 SMRSH: Update README for the new Build system. From Tim Pierce 1569 of RootsWeb Genealogical Data Cooperative. 1570 VACATION: Added vacation auto-responder to sendmail distribution. 1571 LIBSMDB: Added abstracted database library. Works with Berkeley 1572 DB 1.85, Berkeley DB 2.X, Berkeley DB 3.X, and NDBM. 1573 Changed Files: 1574 The Build script in the various program subdirectories are 1575 no longer symbolic links. They are now scripts 1576 which execute the actual Build script in 1577 devtools/bin. 1578 All the manual pages are now written against -man and not 1579 -mandoc as they were previously. 1580 Add a simple Makefile to every directory so make instead 1581 of Build will work (unless parameters are 1582 required for Build). 1583 New Directories: 1584 devtools/M4/UNIX 1585 include 1586 libmilter 1587 libsmdb 1588 libsmutil 1589 vacation 1590 Renamed Directories: 1591 BuildTools => devtools 1592 src => sendmail 1593 Deleted Files: 1594 cf/m4/nullrelay.m4 1595 devtools/OS/Linux.ppc 1596 devtools/OS/ReliantUNIX 1597 devtools/OS/SINIX 1598 sendmail/ldap_map.h 1599 New Files: 1600 INSTALL 1601 PGPKEYS 1602 cf/cf/generic-linux.cf 1603 cf/cf/generic-linux.mc 1604 cf/feature/delay_checks.m4 1605 cf/feature/dnsbl.m4 1606 cf/feature/generics_entire_domain.m4 1607 cf/feature/no_default_msa.m4 1608 cf/feature/relay_mail_from.m4 1609 cf/feature/virtuser_entire_domain.m4 1610 cf/mailer/qpage.m4 1611 cf/ostype/bsdi.m4 1612 cf/ostype/hpux11.m4 1613 cf/ostype/openbsd.m4 1614 contrib/bounce-resender.pl 1615 contrib/domainmap.m4 1616 contrib/qtool.8 1617 contrib/qtool.pl 1618 devtools/M4/depend/AIX.m4 1619 devtools/M4/list.m4 1620 devtools/M4/string.m4 1621 devtools/M4/subst_ext.m4 1622 devtools/M4/switch.m4 1623 devtools/OS/Darwin 1624 devtools/OS/GNU 1625 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.43 1626 devtools/OS/SINIX.5.44 1627 devtools/OS/m88k 1628 devtools/bin/find_in_path.sh 1629 mail.local/Makefile 1630 mailstats/Makefile 1631 makemap/Makefile 1632 praliases/Makefile 1633 rmail/Makefile 1634 sendmail/Makefile 1635 sendmail/bf.h 1636 sendmail/bf_portable.c 1637 sendmail/bf_portable.h 1638 sendmail/bf_torek.c 1639 sendmail/bf_torek.h 1640 sendmail/shmticklib.c 1641 sendmail/statusd_shm.h 1642 sendmail/timers.c 1643 sendmail/timers.h 1644 smrsh/Makefile 1645 vacation/Makefile 1646 Renamed Files: 1647 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 => cf/ostype/gnu.m4 1648 sendmail/cdefs.h => include/sendmail/cdefs.h 1649 sendmail/sendmail.hf => sendmail/helpfile 1650 sendmail/mailstats.h => include/sendmail/mailstats.h 1651 sendmail/pathnames.h => include/sendmail/pathnames.h 1652 sendmail/safefile.c => libsmutil/safefile.c 1653 sendmail/snprintf.c => libsmutil/snprintf.c 1654 sendmail/useful.h => include/sendmail/useful.h 1655 cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.pre5.m4 1656 Copied Files: 1657 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 => cf/ostype/solaris2.m4 1658 16598.9.3/8.9.3 1999/02/04 1660 SECURITY: Limit message headers to a maximum of 32K bytes (total 1661 of all headers in a single message) to prevent a denial of 1662 service attack. This limit will be configurable in 8.10. 1663 Problem noted by Michal Zalewski of the "Internet for 1664 Schools" project (IdS). 1665 Prevent segmentation fault on an LDAP lookup if the LDAP map 1666 was closed due to an earlier failure. Problem noted by 1667 Jeff Wasilko of smoe.org. Fix from Booker Bense of 1668 Stanford University and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1669 Preserve the order of the MIME headers in multipart messages 1670 when performing the MIME header length check. This 1671 will allow PGP signatures to function properly. Problem 1672 noted by Lars Hecking of University College, Cork, Ireland. 1673 If ruleset 5 rewrote the local address to an :include: directive, 1674 the delivery would fail with an "aliasing/forwarding loop 1675 broken" error. Problem noted by Eric C Hagberg of Morgan 1676 Stanley. Fix from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1677 Allow -T to work for bestmx maps. Fix from Aaron Schrab of 1678 ExecPC Internet Systems. 1679 During the transfer of a message in an SMTP transaction, if a 1680 TCP timeout occurs, the message would be properly queued 1681 for later retry but the failure would be logged as 1682 "Illegal Seek" instead of a timeout. Problem noted by 1683 Piotr Kucharski of the Warsaw School of Economics (SGH) 1684 and Carles Xavier Munyoz Baldo of CTV Internet. 1685 Prevent multiple deliveries on a self-referencing alias if the 1686 F=w mailer flag is not set. Problem noted by Murray S. 1687 Kucherawy of Concentric Network Corporation and Per 1688 Hedeland of Ericsson. 1689 Do not strip empty headers but if there is no value and a 1690 default is defined in sendmail.cf, use the default. 1691 Problem noted by Philip Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus 1692 College and Christopher McCrory of Netus, Inc. 1693 Don't inherit information about the sender (notably the full name) 1694 in SMTP (-bs) mode, since this might be called from inetd. 1695 Accept any 3xx reply code in response to DATA command instead of 1696 requiring 354. This change will match the wording to be 1697 published in the updated SMTP specification from the DRUMS 1698 group of the IETF. 1699 Portability: 1700 AIX 4.2.0 or 4.2.1 may become updated by the fileset 1701 bos.rte.net level 4.2.0.2. This introduces the 1702 softlink /usr/lib/libbind.a which should 1703 not be used. It conflicts with the resolver 1704 built into libc.a. "bind" has been removed 1705 from the confLIBSEARCH BuildTools variable. 1706 Users who have installed BIND 8.X will have 1707 to add it back in their site.config.m4 file. 1708 Problem noted by Ole Holm Nielsen of the 1709 Technical University of Denmark. 1710 CRAY TS 10.0.x from Sven Nielsen of San Diego 1711 Supercomputer Center. 1712 Improved LDAP version 3 integration based on input 1713 from Kurt D. Zeilenga of the OpenLDAP Foundation, 1714 John Beck of Sun Microsystems, and Booker Bense 1715 of Stanford University. 1716 Linux doesn't have a standard way to get the timezone 1717 between different releases. Back out the 1718 change in 8.9.2 and don't attempt to derive 1719 a timezone. Problem reported by Igor S. Livshits 1720 of the University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign 1721 and Michael Dickens of Tetranet Communications. 1722 Reliant UNIX, the new name for SINIX, from Gert-Jan Looy 1723 of Siemens/SNI. 1724 SunOS 5.8 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1725 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1 and 7.0 need TZ to get the proper 1726 timezone. Problem noted by Petr Lampa of Technical 1727 University of Brno. 1728 CONFIG: Handle <@bestmx-host:user@otherhost> addressing properly 1729 when using FEATURE(bestmx_is_local). Patch from Neil W. 1730 Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1731 CONFIG: Properly handle source routed and %-hack addresses on 1732 hosts which the mailertable remaps to local:. Patch from 1733 Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1734 CONFIG: Internal fixup of mailertable local: map value. Patch from 1735 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 1736 CONFIG: Only add back +detail from host portion of mailer triplet 1737 on local mailer triplets if it was originally +detail. 1738 Patch from Neil W. Rickert of Northern Illinois University. 1739 CONFIG: The bestmx_is_local checking done in check_rcpt would 1740 cause later checks to fail. Patch from Paul J Murphy of 1741 MIDS Europe. 1742 New Files: 1743 BuildTools/OS/CRAYTS.10.0.x 1744 BuildTools/OS/ReliantUNIX 1745 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.8 1746 17478.9.2/8.9.2 1998/12/30 1748 SECURITY: Remove five second sleep on accepting daemon connections 1749 due to an accept() failure. This sleep could be used 1750 for a denial of service attack. 1751 Do not silently ignore queue files with names which are too long. 1752 Patch from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 1753 Do not store failures closing an SMTP session in persistent 1754 host status. Reported by Graeme Hewson of Oracle 1755 Corporation UK. 1756 Allow symbolic link forward files if they are in safe directories. 1757 Problem noted by Andreas Schott of the Max Planck Society. 1758 Missing columns in a text map could cause a segmentation fault. 1759 Fix from David Lee of the University of Durham. 1760 Note that for 8.9.X, PrivacyOptions=goaway also includes the 1761 noetrn flag. This is scheduled to change in a future 1762 version of sendmail. Problem noted by Theo Van Dinter of 1763 Chrysalis Symbolic Designa and Alan Brown of Manawatu 1764 Internet Services. 1765 When trying to do host canonification in a Wildcard MX 1766 environment, try an MX lookup of the hostname without the 1767 default domain appended. Problem noted by Olaf Seibert of 1768 Polderland Language & Speech Technology. 1769 Reject SMTP RCPT To: commands with only comments (i.e. 1770 'RCPT TO: (comment)'. Problem noted by Earle Ake of 1771 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 1772 Handle any number of %s in the LDAP filter spec. Patch from 1773 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1774 Clear ldapx open timeouts even if the map open failed to prevent 1775 a segmentation fault. Patch from Wayne Knowles of the 1776 National Institute of Water & Atmospheric Research Ltd. 1777 Do not syslog envelope clone messages when using address 1778 verification (-bv). Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the 1779 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1780 Continue to perform queue runs while in daemon mode even if the 1781 daemon is rejecting connections due to a disk full 1782 condition. Problem noted by JR Oldroyd of TerraNet 1783 Internet Services. 1784 Include full filename on installation of the sendmail.hf file 1785 in case the $HFDIR directory does not exist. Problem 1786 noted by Josef Svitak of Montana State University. 1787 Close all maps when exiting the process with one exception. 1788 Berkeley DB can use internal shared memory locking for 1789 its memory pool. Closing a map opened by another process 1790 will interfere with the shared memory and locks of the 1791 parent process leaving things in a bad state. For 1792 Berkeley DB, only close the map if the current process 1793 is also the one that opened the map, otherwise only close 1794 the map file descriptor. Thanks to Yoseff Francus of 1795 Collective Technologies for volunteering his system for 1796 extended testing. 1797 Avoid null pointer dereference on XDEBUG output for SMTP reply 1798 failures. Problem noted by Carlos Canau of EUnet Portugal. 1799 On mailq and hoststat listings being piped to another program, such 1800 as more, if the pipe closes (i.e., the user quits more), 1801 stop sending output and exit. Patch from Allan E Johannesen 1802 of Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 1803 In accordance with the documentation, LDAP map lookup failures 1804 are now considered temporary failures instead of permanent 1805 failures unless the -t flag is used in the map definition. 1806 Problem noted by Booker Bense of Stanford University and 1807 Eric C. Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 1808 Fix by one error reporting on long alias names. Problem noted by 1809 H. Paul Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education 1810 Network. 1811 Fix DontBlameSendmail=IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath behavior. Problem 1812 noted by Barry S. Finkel of Argonne National Laboratory. 1813 When automatically converting from 8 bit to quoted printable MIME, 1814 be careful not to miss a multi-part boundary if that 1815 boundary is preceded by a boundary-like line. Problem 1816 noted by Andreas Raschle of Ansid Inc. Fix from 1817 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1818 Avoid bogus reporting of "LMTP tobuf overflow" when the buffer 1819 has enough space for the additional address. Problem 1820 noted by Steve Cliffe of the University of Wollongong. 1821 Fix DontBlameSendmail=FileDeliveryToSymlink behavior. Problem 1822 noted by Alex Vorobiev of Swarthmore College. 1823 If the check_compat ruleset resolves to the $#discard mailer, 1824 discard the current recipient. Unlike check_relay, 1825 check_mail, and check_rcpt, the entire envelope is not 1826 discarded. Problem noted by RZ D. Rahlfs. Fix from 1827 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 1828 Avoid segmentation fault when reading ServiceSwitchFile files with 1829 bogus formatting. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1830 Meteorological Institute. 1831 Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 1832 OP.ME: Pages weren't properly output on duplexed printers. Fix 1833 from Matthew Black of CSU Long Beach. 1834 Portability: 1835 Apple Rhapsody from Wilfredo Sanchez of Apple Computer, Inc. 1836 Avoid a clash with IRIX 6.2 getopt.h and the UserDatabase 1837 option structure. Problem noted by Ashley M. 1838 Kirchner of Photo Craft Laboratories, Inc. 1839 Break out IP address to hostname translation for 1840 reading network interface addresses into 1841 class 'w'. Patch from John Kennedy of 1842 Cal State University, Chico. 1843 AIX 4.x use -qstrict with -O3 to prevent the optimized 1844 from changing the semantics of the compiled 1845 program. From Simon Travaglia of the 1846 University of Waikato, New Zealand. 1847 FreeBSD 2.2.2 and later support setusercontext(). From 1848 Peter Wemm of DIALix. 1849 FreeBSD 3.x fix from Peter Wemm of DIALix. 1850 IRIX 5.x has a syslog buffer size of 512 bytes. From 1851 Nao NINOMIYA of Utsunomiya University. 1852 IRIX 6.5 64-bit Build support. 1853 LDAP Version 3 support from John Beck and Ravi Iyer 1854 of Sun Microsystems. 1855 Linux does not implement seteuid() properly. From 1856 John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 1857 Linux timezone type was set improperly. From Takeshi Itoh 1858 of Bits Co., Ltd. 1859 NCR MP-RAS 3.x needs -lresolv for confLIBS. From 1860 Tom J. Moore of NCR. 1861 NeXT 4.x correction to man page path. From J. P. McCann 1862 of E I A. 1863 System V Rel 5.x (a.k.a UnixWare7 w/o BSD-Compatibility Libs) 1864 from Paul Gampe of the Asia Pacific Network 1865 Information Center. 1866 ULTRIX now requires an optimization limit of 970 from 1867 Allan E Johannesen of Worcester Polytechnic 1868 Institute. 1869 Fix extern declaration for sm_dopr(). Fix from Henk 1870 van Oers of Algemeen Nederlands Persbureau. 1871 CONFIG: Catch @hostname,user@anotherhost.domain as relaying. 1872 Problem noted by Mark Rogov of AirMedia, Inc. Fix from 1873 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 1874 CONFIG: Do not refer to http://maps.vix.com/ on RBL rejections as 1875 there are multiple RBL's available and the MAPS RBL may 1876 not be the one in use. Suggested by Alan Brown of 1877 Manawatu Internet Services. 1878 CONFIG: Properly strip route addresses (i.e., @host1:user@host2) 1879 when stripping down a recipient address to check for 1880 relaying. Patch from Claus Assmann of 1881 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel and Neil W Rickert 1882 of Northern Illinois University. 1883 CONFIG: Allow the access database to override RBL lookups. Patch 1884 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 1885 Kiel. 1886 CONFIG: UnixWare 7 support from Phillip P. Porch of The Porch 1887 Dot Com. 1888 CONFIG: Fixed check for deferred delivery mode warning. Patch 1889 from Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of 1890 Kiel and Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 1891 CONFIG: If a recipient using % addressing is used, e.g. 1892 user%site@othersite, and othersite's MX records are now 1893 checked for local hosts if FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) is 1894 used. Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 1895 Patch from Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd and 1896 Claus Assmann of Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 1897 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent warning messages from appearing in the LMTP 1898 stream. Do not allow more than one response per recipient. 1899 MAIL.LOCAL: Handle routed addresses properly when using LMTP. Fix 1900 from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1901 MAIL.LOCAL: Properly check for CRLF when using LMTP. Fix from 1902 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 1903 MAIL.LOCAL: Substitute MAILER-DAEMON for the LMTP empty sender in 1904 the envelope From header. 1905 MAIL.LOCAL: Accept underscores in hostnames in LMTP mode. 1906 Problem noted by Glenn A. Malling of Syracuse University. 1907 MAILSTATS: Document msgsrej and msgsdis fields in the man page. 1908 Problem noted by Richard Wong of Princeton University. 1909 MAKEMAP: Build group list so group writable files are allowed with 1910 the -s flag. Problem noted by Curt Sampson of Internet 1911 Portal Services, Inc. 1912 PRALIASES: Automatically handle alias files created without the 1913 NULL byte at the end of the key. Patch from John Beck of 1914 Sun Microsystems. 1915 PRALIASES: Support Berkeley DB 2.6.4 API change. 1916 New Files: 1917 BuildTools/OS/IRIX64.6.5 1918 BuildTools/OS/UnixWare.5.i386 1919 cf/ostype/unixware7.m4 1920 contrib/smcontrol.pl 1921 src/control.c 1922 19238.9.1/8.9.1 1998/07/02 1924 If both an OS specific site configuration file and a generic 1925 site.config.m4 file existed, only the latter was used 1926 instead of both. Problem noted by Geir Johannessen of 1927 the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. 1928 Fix segmentation fault while converting 8 bit to 7 bit MIME 1929 multipart messages by trying to write to an unopened 1930 file descriptor. Fix from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 1931 Meteorological Institute. 1932 Do not assume Message: and Text: headers indicate the end of 1933 the header area when parsing MIME headers. Problem noted 1934 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1935 Setting the confMAN#SRC Build variable would only effect the 1936 installation commands. The man pages would still be 1937 built with .0 extensions. Problem noted by Bryan 1938 Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 1939 Installation of manual pages didn't honor the DESTDIR environment 1940 variable. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 1941 If the check_relay ruleset resolved to the discard mailer, messages 1942 were still delivered. Problem noted by Mirek Luc of NASK. 1943 Mail delivery to files would fail with an Operating System Error 1944 if sendmail was not running as root, i.e., RunAsUser was set. 1945 Problem noted by Leonard N. Zubkoff of Dandelion Digital. 1946 Prevent MinQueueAge from interfering from queued items created 1947 in the future, i.e., if the system clock was set ahead 1948 and then back. Problem noted by Michael Miller of the 1949 University of Natal, Pietermaritzburg. 1950 Do not advertise ETRN support in ESTMP EHLO reply if noetrn is 1951 set in the PrivacyOptions option. Fix from Ted Rule of 1952 Flextech TV. 1953 Log invalid persistent host status file lines instead of 1954 bouncing the message. Problem noted by David Lindes of 1955 DaveLtd Enterprises. 1956 Move creation of empty sendmail.st file from installation to 1957 compilation. Installation may be done from a read-only 1958 mount. Fix from Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. and Ric 1959 Anderson of the Oasis Research Center, Inc. 1960 Enforce the maximum number of User Database entries limit. Problem 1961 noted by Gary Buchanan of Credence Systems Inc. 1962 Allow dead.letter files in root's home directory. Problem noted 1963 by Anna Ullman of Sun Microsystems. 1964 Program deliveries in forward files could be marked unsafe if 1965 any directory listed in the ForwardPath option did not 1966 exist. Problem noted by Jorg Bielak of Coastal Web Online. 1967 Do not trust the length of the address structure returned by 1968 gethostbyname(). Problem noted by Chris Evans of Oxford 1969 University. 1970 If the SIZE= MAIL From: ESMTP parameter is too large, use the 1971 5.3.4 DSN status code instead of 5.2.2. Similarly, for 1972 non-local deliveries, if the message is larger than the 1973 mailer maximum message size, use 5.3.4 instead of 5.2.3. 1974 Suggested by Antony Bowesman of 1975 Fujitsu/TeaWARE Mail/MIME System. 1976 Portability: 1977 Fix the check for an IP address reverse lookup for 1978 use in $&{client_name} on 64 bit platforms. 1979 From Gilles Gallot of Institut for Development 1980 and Resources in Intensive Scientific computing. 1981 BSD-OS uses .0 for man page extensions. From Jeff Polk 1982 of BSDI. 1983 DomainOS detection for Build. Also, version 10.4 and later 1984 ship a unistd.h. Fixes from Takanobu Ishimura of 1985 PICT Inc. 1986 NeXT 4.x uses /usr/lib/man/cat for its man pages. From 1987 J. P. McCann of E I A. 1988 SCO 4.X and 5.X include NDBM support. From Vlado Potisk 1989 of TEMPEST, Ltd. 1990 CONFIG: Do not pass spoofed PTR results through resolver for 1991 qualification. Problem noted by Michiel Boland of 1992 Digital Valley Internet Professionals; fix from 1993 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 1994 CONFIG: Do not try to resolve non-DNS hostnames such as UUCP, 1995 BITNET, and DECNET addresses for resolvable senders. 1996 Problem noted by Alexander Litvin of Lucky Net Ltd. 1997 CONFIG: Work around Sun's broken configuration which sends bounce 1998 messages as coming from @@hostname instead of <>. LMTP 1999 would not accept @@hostname. 2000 OP.ME: Corrections to complex sendmail startup script from Rick 2001 Troxel of the National Institutes of Health. 2002 RMAIL: Do not install rmail by default, require 'make force-install' 2003 as this rmail isn't the same as others. Suggested by 2004 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2005 New Files: 2006 BuildTools/OS/DomainOS.10.4 2007 20088.9.0/8.9.0 1998/05/19 2009 SECURITY: To prevent users from reading files not normally 2010 readable, sendmail will no longer open forward, :include:, 2011 class, ErrorHeader, or HelpFile files located in unsafe 2012 (i.e., group or world writable) directory paths. Sites 2013 which need the ability to override security can use the 2014 DontBlameSendmail option. See the README file for more 2015 information. 2016 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 2017 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 2018 This fixes the change added to 8.8.6 to prevent links in these 2019 world writable directories. 2020 SECURITY: Make sure ServiceSwitchFile option file is not a link if 2021 it is in a world writable directory. 2022 SECURITY: Never pass a tty to a mailer -- if a mailer can get at the 2023 tty it may be able to push bytes back to the senders input. 2024 Unfortunately this breaks -v mode. Problem noted by 2025 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 2026 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 2027 SECURITY: Empty group list if DontInitGroups is set to true to 2028 prevent program deliveries from picking up extra group 2029 privileges. Problem reported by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 2030 SECURITY: The default value for DefaultUser is now set to the uid and 2031 gid of the first existing user mailnull, sendmail, or daemon 2032 that has a non-zero uid. If none of these exist, sendmail 2033 reverts back to the old behavior of using uid 1 and gid 1. 2034 This is a security problem for Linux which has chosen that 2035 uid and gid for user bin instead of daemon. If DefaultUser 2036 is set in the configuration file, that value overrides this 2037 default. 2038 SECURITY: Since 8.8.7, the check for non-setuid binaries 2039 interfered with setting an alternate group id for the 2040 RunAsUser option. Problem noted by Randall Winchester of 2041 the University of Maryland. 2042 Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Based on patch from John Kennedy 2043 of Cal State University, Chico. 2044 Remove support for OLD_NEWDB (pre-1.5 version of Berkeley DB). Users 2045 which previously defined OLD_NEWDB=1 must now upgrade to the 2046 current version of Berkeley DB. 2047 Added support for regular expressions using the new map class regex. 2048 From Jan Krueger of Unix-AG of University of Hannover. 2049 Support for BIND 8.1.1's hesiod for hesiod maps and hesiod 2050 UserDatabases from Randall Winchester of the University 2051 of Maryland. 2052 Allow any shell for user shell on program deliveries on V1 2053 configurations for backwards compatibility on machines which 2054 do not have getusershell(). Fix from John Beck of Sun 2055 Microsystems. 2056 On operating systems which change the process title by reusing the 2057 argument vector memory, sendmail could corrupt memory if the 2058 last argument was either "-q" or "-d". Problem noted by 2059 Frank Langbein of the University of Stuttgart. 2060 Support Local Mail Transfer Protocol (LMTP) between sendmail and 2061 mail.local on the F=z flag. 2062 Macro-expand the contents of the ErrMsgFile. Previously this was 2063 only done if you had magic characters (0x81) to indicate 2064 macro expansion. Now $x will be expanded. This means that 2065 real dollar signs have to be backslash escaped. 2066 TCP Wrappers expects "unknown" in the hostname argument if the 2067 reverse DNS lookup for the incoming connection fails. 2068 Problem noted by Randy Grimshaw of Syracuse University and 2069 Wietse Venema of the Global Security Analysis Lab at 2070 IBM T.J. Watson Research. 2071 DSN success bounces generated from an invocation of sendmail -t 2072 would be sent to both the sender and MAILER-DAEMON. 2073 Problem noted by Claus Assmann of 2074 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 2075 Avoid "Error 0" messages on delivery mailers which exit with a 2076 valid exit value such as EX_NOPERM. Fix from Andreas Luik 2077 of ISA Informationssysteme GmbH. 2078 Tokenize $&x expansions on right hand side of rules. This eliminates 2079 the need to use tricks like $(dequote "" $&{client_name} $) 2080 to cause the ${client_name} macro to be properly tokenized. 2081 Add the MaxRecipientsPerMessage option: this limits the number of 2082 recipients that will be accepted in a single SMTP 2083 transaction. After this number is reached, sendmail 2084 starts returning "452 Too many recipients" to all RCPT 2085 commands. This can be used to limit the number of recipients 2086 per envelope (in particular, to discourage use of the server 2087 for spamming). Note: a better approach is to restrict 2088 relaying entirely. 2089 Fixed pointer initialization for LDAP lmap struct, fixed -s option 2090 to ldapx map and added timeout for ldap_open call to 2091 avoid hanging sendmail in the event of hung LDAP servers. 2092 Patch from Booker Bense of Stanford University. 2093 Allow multiple -qI, -qR, or -qS queue run limiters. For example, 2094 '-qRfoo -qRbar' would deliver mail to recipients with foo or 2095 bar in their address. Patch from Allan E Johannesen of 2096 Worcester Polytechnic Institute. 2097 The bestmx map will now return a list of the MX servers for a host if 2098 passed a column delimiter via the -z map flag. This can be 2099 used to check if the server is an MX server for the recipient 2100 of a message. This can be used to help prevent relaying. 2101 Patch from Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 2102 Mark failures for the *file* mailer and return bounce messages to the 2103 sender for those failures. 2104 Prevent bogus syslog timestamps on errors in sendmail.cf by 2105 preserving the TZ environment variable until TimeZoneSpec 2106 has been determined. Problem noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of 2107 Technical University of Braunschweig. Patch from Per Hedeland 2108 of Ericsson. 2109 Print test input in address test mode when input is not from the tty 2110 when the -v flag is given (i.e., sendmail -bt -v) to make 2111 output easier to decipher. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 2112 of Procter & Gamble. 2113 The LDAP map -s flag was not properly parsed and the error message 2114 given included the remainder of the arguments instead of 2115 solely the argument in error. Problem noted by Aidan Nichol 2116 of Procter & Gamble. 2117 New DontBlameSendmail option. This option allows administrators to 2118 bypass some of sendmail's file security checks at the expense 2119 of system security. This should only be used if you are 2120 absolutely sure you know the consequences. The available 2121 DontBlameSendmail options are: 2122 Safe 2123 AssumeSafeChown 2124 ClassFileInUnsafeDirPath 2125 ErrorHeaderInUnsafeDirPath 2126 GroupWritableDirPathSafe 2127 GroupWritableForwardFileSafe 2128 GroupWritableIncludeFileSafe 2129 GroupWritableAliasFile 2130 HelpFileinUnsafeDirPath 2131 WorldWritableAliasFile 2132 ForwardFileInGroupWritableDirPath 2133 IncludeFileInGroupWritableDirPath 2134 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPath 2135 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPath 2136 ForwardFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 2137 IncludeFileInUnsafeDirPathSafe 2138 MapInUnsafeDirPath 2139 LinkedAliasFileInWritableDir 2140 LinkedClassFileInWritableDir 2141 LinkedForwardFileInWritableDir 2142 LinkedIncludeFileInWritableDir 2143 LinkedMapInWritableDir 2144 LinkedServiceSwitchFileInWritableDir 2145 FileDeliveryToHardLink 2146 FileDeliveryToSymLink 2147 WriteMapToHardLink 2148 WriteMapToSymLink 2149 WriteStatsToHardLink 2150 WriteStatsToSymLink 2151 RunProgramInUnsafeDirPath 2152 RunWritableProgram 2153 New DontProbeInterfaces option to turn off the inclusion of all the 2154 interface names in $=w on startup. In particular, if you 2155 have lots of virtual interfaces, this option will speed up 2156 startup. However, unless you make other arrangements, mail 2157 sent to those addresses will be bounced. 2158 Automatically create alias databases if they don't exist and 2159 AutoRebuildAliases is set. 2160 Add PrivacyOptions=noetrn flag to disable the SMTP ETRN command. 2161 Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel of the Institut Pasteur. 2162 Add PrivacyOptions=noverb flag to disable the SMTP VERB command. 2163 When determining the client host name ($&{client_name} macro), do 2164 a forward (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup 2165 and compare results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup 2166 fails, &{client_name} will contain the IP address 2167 surrounded by square brackets (e.g., [127.0.0.1]). 2168 New map flag: -Tx appends "x" to lookups that return temporary failure 2169 (i.e, it is like -ax for the temporary failure case, in 2170 contrast to the success case). 2171 New syntax to do limited checking of header syntax. A config line 2172 of the form: 2173 HHeader: $>Ruleset 2174 causes the indicated Ruleset to be invoked on the Header 2175 when read. This ruleset works like the check_* rulesets -- 2176 that is, it can reject mail on the basis of the contents. 2177 Limit the size of the HELO/EHLO parameter to prevent spammers 2178 from hiding their connection information in Received: 2179 headers. 2180 When SingleThreadDelivery is active, deliveries to locked hosts 2181 are skipped. This will cause the delivering process to 2182 try the next MX host or queue the message if no other MX 2183 hosts are available. Suggested by Alexander Litvin. 2184 The [FILE] mailer type now delivers to the file specified in the 2185 A= equate of the mailer definition instead of $u. It also 2186 obeys all of the F= mailer flags such as the MIME 2187 7/8 bit conversion flags. This is useful for defining 2188 a mailer which delivers to the same file regardless of the 2189 recipient (e.g., 'A=FILE /dev/null' to discard unwanted mail). 2190 Do not assume the identity of a remote connection is root@localhost 2191 if the remote connection closes the socket before the 2192 remote identity can be queried. 2193 Change semantics of the F=S mailer flag back to 8.7.5 behavior. 2194 Some mailers, including procmail, require that the real 2195 uid is left unchanged by sendmail. Problem noted by Per 2196 Hedeland of Ericsson. 2197 No longer is the src/obj*/Makefile selected from a large list -- it 2198 is now generated using the information in BuildTools/OS/ -- 2199 some of the details are determined dynamically via 2200 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh. 2201 The other programs in the sendmail distribution -- mail.local, 2202 mailstats, makemap, praliases, rmail, and smrsh -- now use 2203 the new Build method which creates an operating system 2204 specific Makefile using the information in BuildTools. 2205 Make 4xx reply codes to the SMTP MAIL command be non-sticky (i.e., 2206 a failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 2207 same host). This is necessary if the remote host sends 2208 a 451 error if the domain of the sender does not resolve 2209 as is common in anti-spam configurations. Problem noted 2210 by Mitchell Blank Jr of Exec-PC. 2211 New "discard" mailer for check_* rulesets and header checking 2212 rulesets. If one of the above rulesets resolves to the 2213 $#discard mailer, the commands will be accepted but the 2214 message will be completely discarded after it is accepting. 2215 This means that even if only one of the recipients 2216 resolves to the $#discard mailer, none of the recipients 2217 will receive the mail. Suggested by Brian Kantor. 2218 All but the last cloned envelope of a split envelope were queued 2219 instead of being delivered. Problem noted by John Caruso 2220 of CNET: The Computer Network. 2221 Fix deadlock situation in persistent host status file locking. 2222 Syslog an error if a user forward file could not be read due to 2223 an error. Patch from John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 2224 Use the first name returned on machine lookups when canonifying a 2225 hostname via NetInfo. Patch from Timm Wetzel of GWDG. 2226 Clear the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} 2227 macros when delivering a bounce message to prevent 2228 rejection by a check_compat ruleset which uses these macros. 2229 Problem noted by Jens Hamisch of AgiX Internetservices GmbH. 2230 If the check_relay ruleset resolves to the the error mailer, the 2231 error in the $: portion of the resolved triplet is used 2232 in the rejection message given to the remote machine. 2233 Suggested by Scott Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 2234 Set the $&{client_addr}, $&{client_name}, and $&{client_port} macros 2235 before calling the check_relay ruleset. Suggested by Scott 2236 Gifford of The Internet Ramp. 2237 Sendmail would get a segmentation fault if a mailer exited with an 2238 exit code of 79. Problem noted by Aaron Schrab of ExecPC 2239 Internet. Fix from Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur 2240 Institute. 2241 Separate snprintf/vsnprintf routines into separate file for use by 2242 mail.local. 2243 Allow multiple map lookups on right hand side, e.g., 2244 R$* $( host $1 $) $| $( passwd $1 $). Patch from 2245 Christophe Wolfhugel of the Pasteur Institute. 2246 Properly generate success DSN messages if requested for aliases 2247 which have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta 2248 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2249 Properly display delayed-expansion macros ($&{macroname}) in 2250 address test mode (-bt). Problem noted by Bryan Costales 2251 of InfoBeat, Inc. 2252 -qR could sometimes match names incorrectly. Problem noted by 2253 Lutz Euler of Lavielle EDV Systemberatung GmbH & Co. 2254 Include a magic number and version in the StatusFile for the 2255 mailstats command. 2256 Record the number of rejected and discarded messages in the 2257 StatusFile for display by the mailstats command. Patch 2258 from Randall Winchester of the University of Maryland. 2259 IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER" now list the 2260 user portion as IDENT:username@site instead of 2261 username@site to differentiate the two. Suggested by 2262 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2263 Enforce timeout for LDAP queries. Patch from Per Hedeland of 2264 Ericsson. 2265 Change persistent host status filename substitution so '/' is 2266 replaced by ':' instead of '|' to avoid clashes. Also 2267 avoid clashes with hostnames with leading dots. Fix from 2268 Mitchell Blank Jr. of Exec-PC. 2269 If the system lock table is full, only attempt to create a new 2270 queue entry five times before giving up. Previously, it 2271 was attempted indefinitely which could cause the partition 2272 to run out of inodes. Problem noted by Suzie Weigand of 2273 Stratus Computer, Inc. 2274 In verbose mode, warn if the sendmail.cf version is less than the 2275 currently supported version. 2276 Sorting for QueueSortOrder=host is now case insensitive. Patch 2277 from Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland. 2278 Properly quote a full name passed via the -F command line option, 2279 the Full-Name: header, or the NAME environment variable if 2280 it contains characters which must be quoted. Problem noted 2281 by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2282 Avoid possible race condition that unlocked a mail job before 2283 releasing the transcript file on systems that use flock(2). 2284 In some cases, this might result in a "Transcript Unavailable" 2285 message in error bounces. 2286 Accept SMTP replies which contain only a reply code and no 2287 accompanying text. Problem noted by Fernando Fraticelli of 2288 Digital Equipment Corporation. 2289 Portability: 2290 AIX 4.1 uses int for SOCKADDR_LEN_T from Motonori Nakamura 2291 of Kyoto University. 2292 AIX 4.2 requires <userpw.h> before <usersec.h>. Patch from 2293 Randall S. Winchester of the University of 2294 Maryland. 2295 AIX 4.3 from Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech CNS. 2296 CRAY T3E from Manu Mahonen of Center for Scientific Computing 2297 in Finland. 2298 Digital UNIX now uses statvfs for determining free 2299 disk space. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 2300 the University of Maryland. 2301 HP-UX 11.x from Richard Allen of Opin Kerfi HF and 2302 Regis McEwen of Progress Software Corporation. 2303 IRIX 64 bit fixes from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2304 Meteorological Institute. 2305 IRIX 6.2 configuration fix for mail.local from Michael Kyle 2306 of CIC/Advanced Computing Laboratory. 2307 IRIX 6.5 from Thomas H Jones II of SGI. 2308 IRIX 6.X load average code from Bob Mende of SGI. 2309 QNX from Glen McCready <glen@qnx.com>. 2310 SCO 4.2 and 5.x use /usr/bin instead of /usr/ucb for links 2311 to sendmail. Install with group bin instead of kmem 2312 as kmem does not exist. From Guillermo Freige of 2313 Gobernacion de la Pcia de Buenos Aires and Paul 2314 Fischer of BTG, Inc. 2315 SunOS 4.X does not include memmove(). Patch from 2316 Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 2317 SunOS 5.7 includes getloadavg() function for determining 2318 load average. Patch from John Beck of Sun 2319 Microsystems. 2320 CONFIG: Increment version number of config file. 2321 CONFIG: add DATABASE_MAP_TYPE to set the default type of database 2322 map for the various maps. The default is hash. Patch from 2323 Robert Harker of Harker Systems. 2324 CONFIG: new confEBINDIR m4 variable for defining the executable 2325 directory for certain programs. 2326 CONFIG: new FEATURE(local_lmtp) to use the new LMTP support for 2327 local mail delivery. By the default, /usr/libexec/mail.local 2328 is used. This is expected to be the mail.local shipped 2329 with 8.9 which is LMTP capable. The path is based on the 2330 new confEBINDIR m4 variable. 2331 CONFIG: Use confEBINDIR in determining path to smrsh for 2332 FEATURE(smrsh). Note that this changes the default from 2333 /usr/local/etc/smrsh to /usr/libexec/smrsh. To obtain the 2334 old path for smrsh, use FEATURE(smrsh, /usr/local/etc/smrsh). 2335 CONFIG: DOMAIN(generic) changes the default confFORWARD_PATH to 2336 include $z/.forward.$w+$h and $z/.forward+$h which allow 2337 the user to setup different .forward files for 2338 user+detail addressing. 2339 CONFIG: add confMAX_RCPTS_PER_MESSAGE, confDONT_PROBE_INTERFACES, 2340 and confDONT_BLAME_SENDMAIL to set MaxRecipientsPerMessage, 2341 DontProbeInterfaces, and DontBlameSendmail options. 2342 CONFIG: by default do not allow relaying (that is, accepting mail 2343 from outside your domain and sending it to another host 2344 outside your domain). 2345 CONFIG: new FEATURE(promiscuous_relay) to allow mail relaying from 2346 any site to any site. 2347 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_entire_domain) allows any host in your 2348 domain as defined by the 'm' class ($=m) to relay. 2349 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_based_on_MX) to allow relaying based on 2350 the MX records of the host portion of an incoming recipient. 2351 CONFIG: new FEATURE(access_db) which turns on the access database 2352 feature. This database give you the ability to allow 2353 or refuse to accept mail from specified domains for 2354 administrative reasons. By default, names that are listed 2355 as "OK" in the access db are domain names, not host names. 2356 CONFIG: new confCR_FILE m4 variable for defining the name of the file 2357 used for class 'R'. Defaults to /etc/mail/relay-domains. 2358 CONFIG: new command RELAY_DOMAIN(domain) and RELAY_DOMAIN_FILE(file) 2359 to add items to class 'R' ($=R) for hosts allowed to relay. 2360 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_hosts_only) to change the behavior 2361 of FEATURE(access_db) and class 'R' to lookup individual 2362 host names only. 2363 CONFIG: new FEATURE(loose_relay_check). Normally, if a recipient 2364 using % addressing is used, e.g. user%site@othersite, 2365 and othersite is in class 'R', the check_rcpt ruleset 2366 will strip @othersite and recheck user@site for relaying. 2367 This feature changes that behavior. It should not be 2368 needed for most installations. 2369 CONFIG: new FEATURE(relay_local_from) to allow relaying if the 2370 domain portion of the mail sender is a local host. This 2371 should only be used if absolutely necessary as it opens 2372 a window for spammers. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of 2373 the University of Maryland. 2374 CONFIG: new FEATURE(blacklist_recipients) turns on the ability to 2375 block incoming mail destined for certain recipient 2376 usernames, hostnames, or addresses. 2377 CONFIG: By default, MAIL FROM: commands in the SMTP session will be 2378 refused if the host part of the argument to MAIL FROM: cannot 2379 be located in the host name service (e.g., DNS). 2380 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unresolvable_domains) accepts 2381 unresolvable hostnames in MAIL FROM: SMTP commands. 2382 CONFIG: new FEATURE(accept_unqualified_senders) accepts 2383 MAIL FROM: senders which do not include a domain. 2384 CONFIG: new FEATURE(rbl) Turns on rejection of hosts found in the 2385 Realtime Blackhole List. You can specify the RBL name 2386 server to contact by specifying it as an optional argument. 2387 The default is rbl.maps.vix.com. For details, see 2388 http://maps.vix.com/rbl/. 2389 CONFIG: Call Local_check_relay, Local_check_mail, and 2390 Local_check_rcpt from check_relay, check_mail, and 2391 check_rcpt. Users with local rulesets should place the 2392 rules using LOCAL_RULESETS. If a Local_check_* ruleset 2393 returns $#OK, the message is accepted. If the ruleset 2394 returns a mailer, the appropriate action is taken, else 2395 the return of the ruleset is ignored. 2396 CONFIG: CYRUS_MAILER_FLAGS now includes the /:| mailer flags by 2397 default to support file, :include:, and program deliveries. 2398 CONFIG: Remove the default for confDEF_USER_ID so the binary can 2399 pick the proper default value. See the SECURITY note 2400 above for more information. 2401 CONFIG: FEATURE(nodns) now warns the user that the feature is a 2402 no-op. Patch from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2403 Meteorological Institute. 2404 CONFIG: OSTYPE(osf1) now sets DefaultUserID (confDEF_USER_ID) to 2405 daemon since DEC's /bin/mail will drop the envelope 2406 sender if run as mailnull. See the Digital UNIX section 2407 of src/README for more information. Problem noted by 2408 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2409 CONFIG: .cf files are now stored in the same directory with the 2410 .mc files instead of in the obj directory. 2411 CONFIG: New options confSINGLE_LINE_FROM_HEADER, 2412 confALLOW_BOGUS_HELO, and confMUST_QUOTE_CHARS for 2413 setting SingleLineFromHeader, AllowBogusHELO, and 2414 MustQuoteChars respectively. 2415 MAIL.LOCAL: support -l flag to run LMTP on stdin/stdout. This 2416 SMTP-like protocol allows detailed reporting of delivery 2417 status on a per-user basis. Code donated by John Myers of 2418 CMU (now of Netscape). 2419 MAIL.LOCAL: HP-UX support from Randall S. Winchester of the 2420 University of Maryland. NOTE: mail.local is not 2421 compatible with the stock HP-UX mail format. Be sure to 2422 read mail.local/README. 2423 MAIL.LOCAL: Prevent other mail delivery agents from stealing a 2424 mailbox lock. Patch from Randall S. Winchester of the 2425 University of Maryland. 2426 MAIL.LOCAL: glibc portability from John Kennedy of Cal State 2427 University, Chico. 2428 MAIL.LOCAL: IRIX portability from Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2429 Meteorological Institute. 2430 MAILSTATS: Display the number of rejected and discarded messages 2431 in the StatusFile. Patch from Randall Winchester of the 2432 University of Maryland. 2433 MAKEMAP: New -s flag to ignore safety checks on database map files 2434 such as linked files in world writable directories. 2435 MAKEMAP: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. Remove OLD_NEWDB support. 2436 PRALIASES: Add support for Berkeley DB 2.X. 2437 PRALIASES: Do not automatically include NDBM support. Problem 2438 noted by Ralf Hildebrandt of the Technical University of 2439 Braunschweig. 2440 RMAIL: Improve portability for other platforms. Patches from 2441 Randall S. Winchester of the University of Maryland and 2442 Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2443 Changed Files: 2444 src/Makefiles/Makefile.* files have been modified to use 2445 the new build mechanism and are now BuildTools/OS/*. 2446 src/makesendmail changed to symbolic link to src/Build. 2447 New Files: 2448 BuildTools/M4/header.m4 2449 BuildTools/M4/depend/BSD.m4 2450 BuildTools/M4/depend/CC-M.m4 2451 BuildTools/M4/depend/NCR.m4 2452 BuildTools/M4/depend/Solaris.m4 2453 BuildTools/M4/depend/X11.m4 2454 BuildTools/M4/depend/generic.m4 2455 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.2 2456 BuildTools/OS/AIX.4.x 2457 BuildTools/OS/CRAYT3E.2.0.x 2458 BuildTools/OS/HP-UX.11.x 2459 BuildTools/OS/IRIX.6.5 2460 BuildTools/OS/NEXTSTEP.4.x 2461 BuildTools/OS/NeXT.4.x 2462 BuildTools/OS/NetBSD.8.3 2463 BuildTools/OS/QNX 2464 BuildTools/OS/SunOS.5.7 2465 BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE 2466 BuildTools/README 2467 BuildTools/Site/README 2468 BuildTools/bin/Build 2469 BuildTools/bin/configure.sh 2470 BuildTools/bin/find_m4.sh 2471 BuildTools/bin/install.sh 2472 Makefile 2473 cf/cf/Build 2474 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.cf 2475 cf/feature/accept_unqualified_senders.m4 2476 cf/feature/accept_unresolvable_domains.m4 2477 cf/feature/access_db.m4 2478 cf/feature/blacklist_recipients.m4 2479 cf/feature/loose_relay_check.m4 2480 cf/feature/local_lmtp.m4 2481 cf/feature/promiscuous_relay.m4 2482 cf/feature/rbl.m4 2483 cf/feature/relay_based_on_MX.m4 2484 cf/feature/relay_entire_domain.m4 2485 cf/feature/relay_hosts_only.m4 2486 cf/feature/relay_local_from.m4 2487 cf/ostype/qnx.m4 2488 contrib/doublebounce.pl 2489 mail.local/Build 2490 mail.local/Makefile.m4 2491 mail.local/README 2492 mailstats/Build 2493 mailstats/Makefile.m4 2494 makemap/Build 2495 makemap/Makefile.m4 2496 praliases/Build 2497 praliases/Makefile.m4 2498 rmail/Build 2499 rmail/Makefile.m4 2500 rmail/rmail.0 2501 smrsh/Build 2502 smrsh/Makefile.m4 2503 src/Build 2504 src/Makefile.m4 2505 src/snprintf.c 2506 Deleted Files: 2507 cf/cf/Makefile (replaced by Makefile.dist) 2508 mail.local/Makefile 2509 mail.local/Makefile.dist 2510 mailstats/Makefile 2511 mailstats/Makefile.dist 2512 makemap/Makefile 2513 makemap/Makefile.dist 2514 praliases/Makefile 2515 praliases/Makefile.dist 2516 rmail/Makefile 2517 smrsh/Makefile 2518 smrsh/Makefile.dist 2519 src/Makefile 2520 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.4 (split into AIX.4.x and AIX.4.2) 2521 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SMP_DC.OSx.NILE 2522 (renamed BuildTools/OS/dcosx.1.x.NILE) 2523 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Utah (obsolete platform) 2524 Renamed Files: 2525 READ_ME => README 2526 cf/cf/Makefile.dist => Makefile 2527 cf/cf/obj/* => cf/cf/* 2528 src/READ_ME => src/README 2529 25308.8.8/8.8.8 1997/10/24 2531 If the check_relay ruleset failed, the relay= field was logged 2532 incorrectly. Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish 2533 Meteorological Institute. 2534 If /usr/tmp/dead.letter already existed, sendmail could not 2535 add additional bounces to it. Problem noted by Thomas J. 2536 Arseneault of SRI International. 2537 If an SMTP mailer used a non-standard port number for the outgoing 2538 connection, it would be displayed incorrectly in verbose mode. 2539 Problem noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 2540 Log the ETRN parameter specified by the client before altering them 2541 to internal form. Suggested by Bob Kupiec of GES-Verio. 2542 EXPN and VRFY SMTP commands on malformed addresses were logging as 2543 User unknown with bogus delay= values. Change them to log 2544 the same as compliant addresses. Problem noted by Kari E. 2545 Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2546 Ignore the debug resolver option unless using sendmail debug trace 2547 option for resolver. Problem noted by Greg Nichols of Wind 2548 River Systems. 2549 If SingleThreadDelivery was enabled and the remote server returned a 2550 protocol error on the DATA command, the connection would be 2551 closed but the persistent host status file would not be 2552 unlocked so other sendmail processes could not deliver to 2553 that host. Problem noted by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 2554 If queueing up a message due to an expensive mailer, don't increment 2555 the number of delivery attempts or set the last delivery 2556 attempt time so the message will be delivered on the next 2557 queue run regardless of MinQueueAge. Problem noted by 2558 Brian J. Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 2559 Authentication warnings of "Processed from queue _directory_" and 2560 "Processed by _username_ with -C _filename_" would be logged 2561 with the incorrect timestamp. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta 2562 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2563 Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 2564 Log null connections on dropped connections. Problem noted by 2565 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 2566 If class dbm maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect this and 2567 reopen the map. Previously, they could give stale 2568 results during a single message processing (but would 2569 recover when the next message was received). Fix from 2570 Joe Pruett of Q7 Enterprises. 2571 Do not log failures such as "User unknown" on -bv or SMTP VRFY 2572 requests. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 2573 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2574 Do not send a bounce message back to the sender regarding bad 2575 recipients if the SMTP connection is dropped before the 2576 message is accepted. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 2577 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2578 Use "localhost" instead of "[UNIX: localhost]" when connecting to 2579 sendmail via a UNIX pipe. This will allow rulesets using 2580 $&{client_name} to process without sending the string through 2581 dequote. Problem noted by Alan Barrett of Internet Africa. 2582 A combination of deferred delivery mode, a double bounce situation, 2583 and the inability to save a bounce message to 2584 /var/tmp/dead.letter would cause sendmail to send a bounce 2585 to postmaster but not remove the offending envelope from the 2586 queue causing it to create a new bounce message each time the 2587 queue was run. Problem noted by Brad Doctor of Net Daemons 2588 Associates. 2589 Remove newlines from hostname information returned via DNS. There are 2590 no known security implications of newlines in hostnames as 2591 sendmail filters newlines in all vital areas; however, this 2592 could cause confusing error messages. 2593 Starting with sendmail 8.8.6, mail sent with the '-t' option would be 2594 rejected if any of the specified addresses were bad. This 2595 behavior was modified to only reject the bad addresses and not 2596 the entire message. Problem noted by Jozsef Hollosi of 2597 SuperNet, Inc. 2598 Use Timeout.fileopen when delivering mail to a file. Suggested by 2599 Bryan Costales of InfoBeat, Inc. 2600 Display the proper Final-Recipient on DSN messages for non-SMTP 2601 mailers. Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the 2602 Finnish Meteorological Institute. 2603 An error in calculating the available space in the list of addresses 2604 for logging deliveries could cause an address to be silently 2605 dropped. 2606 Include the initial user environment if sendmail is restarted via 2607 a HUP signal. This will give room for the process title. 2608 Problem noted by Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 2609 Mail could be delivered without a body if the machine does not 2610 support flock locking and runs out of processes during 2611 delivery. Fix from Chuck Lever of the University of Michigan. 2612 Drop recipient address from 251 and 551 SMTP responses per RFC 821. 2613 Problem noted by Kari E. Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2614 Institute. 2615 Make sure non-rebuildable database maps are opened before the 2616 rebuildable maps (i.e., alias files) in case the database maps 2617 are needed for verifying the left hand side of the aliases. 2618 Problem noted by Lloyd Parkes of Victoria University. 2619 Make sure sender RFC822 source route addresses are alias expanded for 2620 bounce messages. Problem noted by Juergen Georgi of 2621 RUS University of Stuttgart. 2622 Minor lint fixes. 2623 Return a temporary error instead of a permanent error if an LDAP map 2624 search returns an error. This will allow sequenced maps which 2625 use other LDAP servers to be checked. Fix from Booker Bense 2626 of Stanford University. 2627 When automatically converting from quoted printable to 8bit text do 2628 not pad bare linefeeds with a space. Problem noted by Theo 2629 Nolte of the University of Technology Aachen, Germany. 2630 Portability: 2631 Non-standard C compilers may have had a problem compiling 2632 conf.c due to a standard C external declaration of 2633 setproctitle(). Problem noted by Ted Roberts of 2634 Electronic Data Systems. 2635 AUX: has a broken O_EXCL implementation. Reported by Jim 2636 Jagielski of jaguNET Access Services. 2637 BSD/OS: didn't compile if HASSETUSERCONTEXT was defined. 2638 Digital UNIX: Digital UNIX (and possibly others) moves 2639 loader environment variables into the loader memory 2640 area. If one of these environment variables (such as 2641 LD_LIBRARY_PATH) was the last environment variable, 2642 an invalid memory address would be used by the process 2643 title routine causing memory corruption. Problem 2644 noted by Sam Hartman of Mesa Internet Systems. 2645 GNU libc: uses an enum for _PC_CHOWN_RESTRICTED which caused 2646 chownsafe() to always return 0 even if the OS does 2647 not permit file giveaways. Problem noted by 2648 Yasutaka Sumi of The University of Tokyo. 2649 IRIX6: Syslog buffer size set to 512 bytes. Reported by 2650 Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 2651 Linux: Pad process title with NULLs. Problem noted by 2652 Jon Lewis of Florida Digital Turnpike. 2653 SCO OpenServer 5.0: SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call returns an 2654 incorrect value for the number of interfaces. 2655 Problem noted by Chris Loelke of JetStream Internet 2656 Services. 2657 SINIX: Update for Makefile and syslog buffer size from Gerald 2658 Rinske of Siemens Business Services VAS. 2659 Solaris: Make sure HASGETUSERSHELL setting for SunOS is not 2660 used on a Solaris machine. Problem noted by 2661 Stephen Ma of Jtec Pty Limited. 2662 CONFIG: SINIX: Update from Gerald Rinske of Siemens Business 2663 Services VAS. 2664 MAKEMAP: Use a better heuristic for detecting GDBM. 2665 CONTRIB: expn.pl: Updated version from the author, David Muir Sharnoff. 2666 OP.ME: Document the F=i mailer flag. Problem noted by Per Hedeland of 2667 Ericsson. 2668 26698.8.7/8.8.7 1997/08/03 2670 If using Berkeley DB on systems without O_EXLOCK (open a file with 2671 an exclusive lock already set -- i.e., almost all systems 2672 except 4.4-BSD derived systems), the initial attempt at 2673 rebuilding aliases file if the database didn't already 2674 exist would fail. Patch from Raymund Will of LST Software 2675 GmbH. 2676 Bogus incoming SMTP commands would reset the SMTP conversation. 2677 Problem noted by Fredrik J�nsson of the Royal Institute 2678 of Technology, Stockholm. 2679 Since TCP Wrappers includes setenv(), unsetenv(), and putenv(), 2680 some environments could give "multiple definitions" for these 2681 routines during compilation. If using TCP Wrappers, assume 2682 that these routines are included as though they were in the 2683 C library. Patch from Robert La Ferla. 2684 When a NEWDB database map was rebuilt at the same time it was being 2685 used by a queue run, the maps could be left locked for the 2686 duration of the queue run, causing other processes to hang. 2687 Problem noted by Kendall Libby of Shore.NET. 2688 In some cases, NoRecipientAction=add-bcc was being ignored, so the 2689 mail was passed on without any recipient header. This could 2690 cause problems downstream. Problem noted by Xander Jansen 2691 of SURFnet ExpertiseCentrum. 2692 Give error when GDBM is used with sendmail. GDBM's locking and 2693 linking of the .dir and .pag files interferes with sendmail's 2694 locking and security checks. Problems noted by Fyodor 2695 Yarochkin of the Kyrgyz Republic FreeNet. 2696 Don't fsync qf files if SuperSafe option is not set. 2697 Avoid extra calls to gethostbyname for addresses for which a 2698 gethostbyaddr found no value. Also, ignore any returns 2699 from gethostbyaddr that look like a dotted quad. 2700 If PTR lookup fails when looking up an SMTP peer, don't tag it as 2701 "may be forged", since at the network level we pretty much 2702 have to assume that the information is good. 2703 In some cases, errors during an SMTP session could leave files 2704 open or locked. 2705 Better handling of missing file descriptors (0, 1, 2) on startup. 2706 Better handling of non-setuid binaries -- avoids certain obnoxious 2707 errors during testing. 2708 Errors in file locking of NEWDB maps had the incorrect file name 2709 printed in the error message. 2710 If the AllowBogusHELO option were set and an EHLO with a bad or 2711 missing parameter were issued, the EHLO behaved like a HELO. 2712 Load limiting never kicked in for incoming SMTP transactions if the 2713 DeliveryMode=background and any recipient was an alias or 2714 had a .forward file. From Nik Conwell of Boston University. 2715 On some non-Posix systems, the decision of whether chown(2) permits 2716 file giveaway was undefined. From Tetsu Ushijima of the 2717 Tokyo Institute of Technology. 2718 Fix race condition that could cause the body of a message to be 2719 lost (so only the header was delivered). This only occurs 2720 on systems that do not use flock(2), and only when a queue 2721 runner runs during a critical section in another message 2722 delivery. Based on a patch from Steve Schweinhart of 2723 Results Computing. 2724 If a qf file was found in a mail queue directory that had a problem 2725 (wrong ownership, bad format, etc.) and the file name was 2726 exactly MAXQFNAME bytes long, then instead of being tried 2727 once, it would be tried on every queue run. Problem noted 2728 by Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 2729 If the system supports an st_gen field in the status structure, 2730 include it when reporting that a file has changed after open. 2731 This adds a new compile flag, HAS_ST_GEN (0/1 option). 2732 This out to be checked as well as reported, since it is 2733 theoretically possible for an attacker to remove a file after 2734 it is opened and replace it with another file that has the 2735 same i-number, but some filesystems (notably AFS) return 2736 garbage in this field, and hence always look like the file 2737 has changed. As a practical matter this is not a security 2738 problem, since the files can be neither hard nor soft links, 2739 and on no filesystem (that I am aware of) is it possible to 2740 have two files on the same filesystem with the same i-number 2741 simultaneously. 2742 Delete the root Makefile from the distribution -- it is only for 2743 use internally, and does not work at customer sites. 2744 Fix botch that caused the second MAIL FROM: command in a single 2745 transaction to clear the entire transaction. Problem 2746 noted by John Kennedy of Cal State University, Chico. 2747 Work properly on machines that have _PATH_VARTMP defined without 2748 a trailing slash. (And a pox on vendors that decide to 2749 ignore the established conventions!) Problem noted by 2750 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 2751 Internal changes to make it easier to add another protocol family 2752 (intended for IPv6). Patches are from John Kennedy of 2753 CSU Chico. 2754 In certain cases, 7->8 bit MIME decoding of Base64 text could leave 2755 an extra space at the beginning of some lines. Problem 2756 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University; fix based 2757 on a patch from Christophe Wolfhugel. 2758 Portability: 2759 Allow _PATH_VENDOR_CF to be set in Makefile for consistency 2760 with the _Sendmail_ book, 2nd edition. Note that 2761 the book is actually wrong: _PATH_SENDMAILCF should 2762 be used instead. 2763 AIX 3.x: Include <sys/select.h>. Patch from Gene Rackow 2764 of Argonne National Laboratory. 2765 OpenBSD from from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 2766 RISC/os 4.0 from Paul DuBois of the University of Wisconsin. 2767 SunOS: Include <memory.h> to fix warning from util.c. From 2768 James Aldridge of EUnet Ltd. 2769 Solaris: Change STDIR (location of status file) to /etc/mail 2770 in Makefiles. 2771 Linux, Dynix, UNICOS: Remove -DNDBM and -lgdbm from 2772 Makefiles. Use NEWDB on Linux instead. 2773 NCR MP-RAS 3.x with STREAMware TCP/IP: SIOCGIFNUM ioctl 2774 exists but behaves differently than other OSes. 2775 Add SIOCGIFNUM_IS_BROKEN compile flag to get 2776 around the problem. Problem noted by Tom Moore of 2777 NCR Corp. 2778 HP-UX 9.x: fix compile warnings for old select API. Problem 2779 noted by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 2780 UnixWare 2.x: compile warnings on offsetof macro. Problem 2781 noted by Tom Good of the Community Access Information 2782 Resource Network 2783 SCO 4.2: compile problems caused by a change in the type of 2784 the "length" parameters passed to accept, getpeername, 2785 getsockname, and getsockopt. Adds new compile flags 2786 SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. Problem reported 2787 by Tom Good of St. Vincent's North Richmond Community 2788 Mental Health Center Residential Services. 2789 AIX 4: Use size_t for SOCKADDR_SIZE_T and SOCKOPT_SIZE_T. 2790 Suggested by Brett Hogden of Rochester Gas & Electric 2791 Corp. 2792 Linux: avoid compile problem for versions of <setjmp.h> that 2793 #define both setjmp and longjmp. Problem pointed out 2794 by J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet. 2795 CONFIG: SCO UnixWare 2.1: Support for OSTYPE(sco-uw-2.1) 2796 from Christopher Durham of SCO. 2797 CONFIG: NEXTSTEP: define confCW_FILE to 2798 /etc/sendmail/sendmail.cw to match the usual 2799 configuration. Patch from Dennis Glatting of 2800 PlainTalk. 2801 CONFIG: MAILER(fax) called a program that hasn't existed for a long 2802 time. Convert to use the HylaFAX 4.0 conventions. Suggested 2803 by Harry Styron. 2804 CONFIG: Improve sample anti-spam rulesets in cf/cf/knecht.mc. These 2805 are the rulesets in use on sendmail.org. 2806 MAKEMAP: give error on GDBM files. 2807 MAIL.LOCAL: Make error messages a bit more explicit, for example, 2808 telling more details on what actually changed when "file 2809 changed after open". 2810 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: Ignore comments in Fw files. Support multiple Fw 2811 files. 2812 CONTRIB: passwd-to-alias.pl: Handle 8 bit characters and '-'. 2813 NEW FILES: 2814 src/Makefiles/Makefile.OpenBSD 2815 src/Makefiles/Makefile.RISCos.4_0 2816 test/t_exclopen.c 2817 cf/ostype/sco-uw-2.1.m4 2818 DELETED FILES: 2819 Makefile 2820 28218.8.6/8.8.6 1997/06/14 2822 ************************************************************* 2823 * The extensive assistance of Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI * 2824 * in preparing this release is gratefully appreciated. * 2825 * Sun Microsystems has also provided resources toward * 2826 * continued sendmail development. * 2827 ************************************************************* 2828 SECURITY: A few systems allow an open with the O_EXCL|O_CREAT open 2829 mode bits set to create a file that is a symbolic link that 2830 points nowhere. This makes it possible to create a root 2831 owned file in an arbitrary directory by inserting the symlink 2832 into a writable directory after the initial lstat(2) check 2833 determined that the file did not exist. The only verified 2834 example of a system having these odd semantics for O_EXCL 2835 and symbolic links was HP-UX prior to version 9.07. Most 2836 systems do not have the problem, since a exclusive create 2837 of a file disallows symbolic links. Systems that have been 2838 verified to NOT have the problem include AIX 3.x, *BSD, 2839 DEC OSF/1, HP-UX 9.07 and higher, Linux, SunOS, Solaris, 2840 and Ultrix. This is a potential exposure on systems that 2841 have this bug and which do not have a MAILER-DAEMON alias 2842 pointing at a legitimate account, since this will cause old 2843 mail to be dropped in /var/tmp/dead.letter. 2844 SECURITY: Problems can occur on poorly managed systems, specifically, 2845 if maps or alias files are in world writable directories. 2846 If your system has alias maps in writable directories, it 2847 is potentially possible for an attacker to replace the .db 2848 (or .dir and .pag) files by symbolic links pointing at 2849 another database; this can be used either to expose 2850 information (e.g., by pointing an alias file at /etc/spwd.db 2851 and probing for accounts), or as a denial-of-service attack 2852 (by trashing the password database). The fix disallows 2853 symbolic links entirely when rebuilding alias files or on 2854 maps that are in writable directories, and always warns on 2855 writable directories; 8.9 will probably consider writable 2856 directories to be fatal errors. This does not represent an 2857 exposure on systems that have alias files in unwritable 2858 system directories. 2859 SECURITY: disallow .forward or :include: files that are links (hard 2860 or soft) if the parent directory (or any directory in the 2861 path) is writable by anyone other than the owner. This is 2862 similar to the previous case for user files. This change 2863 should not affect most systems, but is necessary to prevent 2864 an attacker who can write the directory from pointing such 2865 files at other files that are readable only by the owner. 2866 SECURITY: Tighten safechown rules: many systems will say that they 2867 have a safe (restricted to root) chown even on files that 2868 are mounted from another system that allows owners to give 2869 away files. The new rules are very strict, trusting file 2870 ownership only in those few cases where the system has 2871 been verified to be at least as paranoid as necessary. 2872 However, it is possible to relax the rules to partially 2873 trust the ownership if the directory path is not world or 2874 group writable. This might allow someone who has a legitimate 2875 :include: file (referenced directly from /etc/aliases) to 2876 become another non-root user if the :include: file is in a 2877 non-writable directory on an NFS-mounted filesystem where 2878 the local system says that giveaway is denied but it is 2879 actually permitted. I believe this to be a very small set 2880 of cases. If in doubt, do not point :include: aliases at 2881 NFS-mounted filesystems. 2882 SECURITY: When setting a numeric group id using the RunAsUser option 2883 (e.g., "O RunAsUser=10:20", the group id would not be set. 2884 Implicit group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailnull") or alpha 2885 group ids (e.g., "O RunAsUser=mailuser:mailgrp") worked fine. 2886 The user id was still set properly. Problem noted by Uli 2887 Pralle of the Technical University of Berlin. 2888 Save the initial gid set for use when checking for if the 2889 PrivacyOptions=restrictmailq option is set. Problem reported 2890 by Wolfgang Ley of DFN-CERT. 2891 Make 55x reply codes to the SMTP DATA-"." be non-sticky (i.e., a 2892 failure on one message won't affect future messages to the 2893 same host). 2894 IP source route printing had an "off by one" error that would 2895 affect any options that came after the route option. Patch 2896 from Theo de Raadt. 2897 The "Message is too large" error didn't successfully bounce the error 2898 back to the sender. Problem reported by Stephen More of 2899 PSI; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 2900 Change SMTP status code 553 to map into Extended code 5.1.0 (instead 2901 of 5.1.3); it apparently gets used in multiple ways. 2902 Suggested by John Myers of Portola Communications. 2903 Fix possible extra null byte generated during collection if errors 2904 occur at the beginning of the stream. Patch contributed by 2905 Andrey A. Chernov and Gregory Neil Shapiro. 2906 Code changes to avoid possible reentrant call of malloc/free within 2907 a signal handler. Problem noted by John Beck of Sun 2908 Microsystems. 2909 Move map initialization to be earlier so that check_relay ruleset 2910 will have the latest version of the map data. Problem noted 2911 by Paul Forgey of Metainfo; patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 2912 If there are fatal errors during the collection phase (e.g., message 2913 too large) don't send the bogus message. 2914 Avoid "cannot open xfAAA00000" messages when sending to aliases that 2915 have errors and have owner- aliases. Problem noted by Michael 2916 Barber of MTU; fix from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 2917 Avoid null pointer dereference on illegal Boundary= parameters in 2918 multipart/mixed Content-Type: header. Problem noted by 2919 Richard Muirden of RMIT University. 2920 Always print error messages during newaliases (-bi) even if the 2921 ErrorMode is not set to "print". Fix from Gregory Neil 2922 Shapiro. 2923 Test mode could core dump if you did a /map lookup in an optional map 2924 that could not be opened. Based on a fix from John Beck of 2925 Sun Microsystems. 2926 If DNS is misconfigured so that the last MX record tried points to 2927 a host that does not have an A record, but other MX records 2928 pointed to something reasonable, don't bounce the message 2929 with a "host unknown" error. Note that this should really 2930 be fixed in the zone file for the domain. Problem noted by 2931 Joe Rhett of Navigist, Inc. 2932 If a map fails (e.g., DNS times out) on all recipient addresses, mark 2933 the message as having been tried; otherwise the next queue 2934 run will not realize that this is a second attempt and will 2935 retry immediately. Problem noted by Bryan Costales of 2936 Mercury Mail. 2937 If the clock is set backwards, and a MinQueueAge is set, no jobs 2938 will be run until the later setting of the clock is reached. 2939 "Problem" (I use the term loosely) noted by Eric Hagberg of 2940 Morgan Stanley. 2941 If the load average rises above the cutoff threshold (above which 2942 sendmail will not process the queue at all) during a queue 2943 run, abort the queue run immediately. Problem noted by 2944 Bryan Costales of Mercury Mail. 2945 The variable queue processing algorithm (based on the message size, 2946 number of recipients, message precedence, and job age) was 2947 non-functional -- either the entire queue was processed or 2948 none of the queue was processed. The updated algorithm 2949 does no queue run if a single recipient zero size job will 2950 not be run. 2951 If there is a fatal ("panic") message that will cause sendmail to 2952 die immediately, never hold the error message for future 2953 printing. 2954 Force ErrorMode=print in -bt mode so that all errors are printed 2955 regardless of the setting of the ErrorMode option in the 2956 configuration file. Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro. 2957 New compile flag HASSTRERROR says that this OS has the strerror(3) 2958 routine available in one of the libraries. Use it in conf.h. 2959 The -m (match only) flag now works on host class maps. 2960 If class hash or btree maps are rebuilt, sendmail will now detect 2961 this and reopen the map. Previously, they could give 2962 erroneous results during a single message processing 2963 (but would recover when the next message was received). 2964 Don't delete zero length queue files when doing queue runs until the 2965 files are at least ten minutes old. This avoids a potential 2966 race condition: the creator creates the qf file, getting back 2967 a file descriptor. The queue runner locks it and deletes it 2968 because it is zero length. The creator then writes the 2969 descriptor that is now for a disconnected file, and the 2970 job goes away. Based on a suggestion by Bryan Costales. 2971 When determining the "validated" host name ($_ macro), do a forward 2972 (A) DNS lookup on the result of the PTR lookup and compare 2973 results. If they differ or if the PTR lookup fails, tag the 2974 address as "may be forged". 2975 Log null connections (i.e., hosts that connect but do not do any 2976 substantive activity on the connection before disconnecting; 2977 "substantive" is defined to be MAIL, EXPN, VRFY, or ETRN. 2978 Always permit "writes" to /dev/null regardless of the link count. 2979 This is safe because /dev/null is special cased, and no open 2980 or write is ever actually attempted. Patch from Villy Kruse 2981 of TwinCom. 2982 If a message cannot be sent because of a 552 (exceeded storage 2983 allocation) response to the MAIL FROM:<>, and a SIZE= parameter 2984 was given, don't return the body in the bounce, since there 2985 is a very good chance that the message will double-bounce. 2986 Fix possible line truncation if a quoted-printable had an =00 escape 2987 in the body. Problem noted by Charles Karney of the Princeton 2988 Plasma Physics Laboratory. 2989 Notify flags (e.g., -NSUCCESS) were lost on user+detail addresses. 2990 Problem noted by Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 2991 Institute. 2992 The MaxDaemonChildren option wasn't applying to queue runs as 2993 documented. Note that this increases the potential denial 2994 of service problems with this option: an attacker can 2995 connect many times, and thereby lock out queue runs as well 2996 as incoming connections. If you use this option, you should 2997 run the "sendmail -bd" and "sendmail -q30m" jobs separately 2998 to avoid this attack. Failure to limit noted by Matthew 2999 Dillon of BEST Internet Communications. 3000 Always give a message in newaliases if alias files cannot be 3001 opened instead of failing silently. Suggested by Gregory 3002 Neil Shapiro. This change makes the code match the O'Reilly 3003 book (2nd edition). 3004 Some older versions of the resolver could return with h_errno == -1 3005 if no name server could be reached, causing mail to bounce 3006 instead of queueing. Treat this like TRY_AGAIN. Fix from 3007 John Beck of SunSoft. 3008 If a :include: file is owned by a user that does not have an entry 3009 in the passwd file, sendmail could dereference a null pointer. 3010 Problem noted by Satish Mynam of Sun Microsystems. 3011 Take precautions to make sure that the SMTP protocol cannot get out 3012 of sync if (for example) an alias file cannot be opened. 3013 Fix a possible race condition that can cause a SIGALRM to come in 3014 immediately after a SIGHUP, causing the new sendmail to die. 3015 Avoid possible hang on SVr3 systems when doing child reaping. Patch 3016 from Villy Kruse of TwinCom. 3017 Ignore improperly formatted SMTP reply codes. Previously these were 3018 partially processed, which could cause confusing error 3019 returns. 3020 Fix possible bogus pointer dereference when doing ldapx map lookups 3021 on some architectures. 3022 Portability: 3023 A/UX: from Jim Jagielski of NASA/GSFC. 3024 glibc: SOCK_STREAM was changed from a #define to an enum, 3025 thus breaking #ifdef SOCK_STREAM. Only option seems 3026 to be to assume SOCK_STREAM if __GNU_LIBRARY__ is 3027 defined. Problem reported by A Sun of the University 3028 of Washington. 3029 Solaris: use SIOCGIFNUM to get the number of interfaces on 3030 the system rather than guessing at compile time. 3031 Patch contributed by John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3032 Intel Paragon: from Wendy Lin of Purdue University. 3033 GNU Hurd: from Miles Bader of the GNU project. 3034 RISC/os 4.50 from Harlan Stenn of PFCS Corporation. 3035 ISC Unix: wait never returns if SIGCLD signals are blocked. 3036 Unfortunately releasing them opens a race condition, 3037 but there appears to be no fix for this. Patch from 3038 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3039 BIND 8.1 for IPv6 compatibility from John Kennedy. 3040 Solaris: a bug in strcasecmp caused characters with the 3041 high order bit set to apparently randomly match 3042 letters -- for example, $| (0233) matches "i" and "I". 3043 Problem noted by John Gregson of the University of 3044 Cambridge. 3045 IRIX 6.x: make Makefile.IRIX.6.2 apply to all 6.x. From 3046 Kari Hurtta. 3047 IRIX 6.x: Create Makefiles for systems that claim to be 3048 IRIX64 but are 6.2 or higher (so use the regular 3049 IRIX Makefile). 3050 IRIX 6.x: Fix load average computation on 64 bit kernels. 3051 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3052 CONFIG: Some canonification was still done for UUCP-like addresses 3053 even if FEATURE(nocanonify) was set. Problem pointed out by 3054 Brian Candler. 3055 CONFIG: In some cases UUCP mailers wouldn't properly recognize all 3056 local names as local. Problem noted by Jeff Polk of BSDI; 3057 fix provided by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3058 CONFIG: The "local:user" syntax entries in mailertables and other 3059 "mailer:user" syntax locations returned an incorrect value 3060 for the $h macro. Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3061 CONFIG: Retain "+detail" information when forwarding mail to a 3062 MAIL_HUB, LUSER_RELAY, or LOCAL_RELAY. Patch from Philip 3063 Guenther of Gustavus Adolphus College. 3064 CONFIG: Make sure user+detail works for FEATURE(virtusertable); 3065 rules are the same as for aliasing. Based on a patch from 3066 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3067 CONFIG: Break up parsing rules into several pieces; this should 3068 have no functional change in this release, but makes it 3069 possible to have better anti-spam rulesets in the future. 3070 CONFIG: Disallow double dots in host names to avoid having the 3071 HostStatusDirectory store status under the wrong name. 3072 In some cases this can be used as a denial-of-service attack. 3073 Problem noted by Ron Jarrell of Virginia Tech, patch from 3074 Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3075 CONFIG: Don't use F=m (multiple recipients per invocation) for 3076 MAILER(procmail), but do pass F=Pn9 (include Return-Path:, 3077 don't include From_, and convert to 8-bit). Suggestions 3078 from Kimmo Suominen and Roderick Schertler. 3079 CONFIG: Domains under $=M (specified with MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were 3080 being masqueraded as though FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain) 3081 was specified, even when it wasn't. 3082 MAIL.LOCAL: Solaris 2.6 has snprintf. From John Beck of SunSoft. 3083 MAIL.LOCAL: SECURITY: check to make sure that an attacker doesn't 3084 "slip in" a symbolic link between the lstat(2) call and the 3085 exclusive open. This is only a problem on System V derived 3086 systems that allow an exclusive create on files that are 3087 symbolic links pointing nowhere. 3088 MAIL.LOCAL: If the final mailbox close() failed, the user id was 3089 not reset back to root, which on some systems would cause 3090 later mailboxes to fail. Also, any partial message would 3091 not be truncated, which could result in repeated deliveries. 3092 Problem noted by Bruce Evans via Peter Wemm (FreeBSD 3093 developers). 3094 MAKEMAP: Handle cases where O_EXLOCK is #defined to be 0. A similar 3095 change to the sendmail map code was made in 8.8.3. Problem 3096 noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 3097 MAKEMAP: Give warnings on file problems such as map files that are 3098 symbolic links; although makemap is not setuid root, it is 3099 often run as root and hence has the potential for the same 3100 sorts of problems as alias rebuilds. 3101 MAKEMAP: Change compilation so that it will link properly on 3102 NEXTSTEP. 3103 CONTRIB: etrn.pl: search for Cw as well as Fw lines in sendmail.cf. 3104 Accept an optional list of arguments following the server 3105 name for the ETRN arguments to use (instead of $=w). Other 3106 miscellaneous bug fixes. From Christian von Roques via 3107 John Beck of Sun Microsystems. 3108 CONTRIB: Add passwd-to-alias.pl, contributed by Kari Hurtta. This 3109 Perl script converts GECOS information in the /etc/passwd 3110 file into aliases, allowing for faster access to full name 3111 lookups; it is also clever about adding aliases (to root) 3112 for system accounts. 3113 NEW FILES: 3114 src/safefile.c 3115 cf/ostype/gnuhurd.m4 3116 cf/ostype/irix6.m4 3117 contrib/passwd-to-alias.pl 3118 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.1 3119 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64.6.x 3120 RENAMED FILES: 3121 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 => Makefile.IRIX.6.x 3122 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 => Makefile.IRIX64.6.0 3123 31248.8.5/8.8.5 1997/01/21 3125 SECURITY: Clear out group list during startup. Without this, sendmail 3126 will continue to run with the group permissions of the caller, 3127 even if RunAsUser is specified. 3128 SECURITY: Make purgestat (-bH) be root-only. This is not in response 3129 to any known attack, but it's best to be conservative. 3130 Suggested by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 3131 SECURITY: Fix buffer overrun problem in MIME code that has possible 3132 security implications. Patch from Alex Garthwaite of the 3133 University of Pennsylvania. 3134 Use of a -f flag with a phrase attached (e.g., "-f 'Full Name <addr>'") 3135 would truncate the address after "Full". Although the -f 3136 syntax is incorrect (since it is in the envelope, it 3137 shouldn't have comments and full names), the failure mode 3138 was unnecessarily awful. 3139 Fix a possible null pointer dereference when converting 8-bit data 3140 to a 7-bit format. Problem noted by Jim Hutchins of 3141 Sandia National Labs and David James of British Telecom. 3142 Clear out stale state that affected F=9 on SMTP mailers in queue 3143 runs. Although this really shouldn't be used (F=9 is for 3144 final delivery only, and using it on an SMTP mailer makes 3145 it possible for a message to be converted from 8->7->8->7 3146 bits several times), it shouldn't have failed with a syserr. 3147 Problem noted by Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3148 _Really_ fix the multiple :maildrop code in the user database 3149 module. Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3150 Let F lines in the configuration file actually read root-only 3151 files if the configuration file is safe. Based on a 3152 patch from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 3153 ETRN followed by QUIT would hold the connection open until the queue 3154 run completed. Problem noted by Truck Lewis of TDK 3155 Semiconductor Corp. 3156 It turns out that despite the documentation, the TCP wrappers library 3157 does _not_ log rejected connections. Do the logging ourselves. 3158 Problem noted by Fletcher Mattox of the University of Texas 3159 at Austin. 3160 If sendmail finds a qf file in its queue directory that is an unknown 3161 version (e.g., when backing out to an old version), the 3162 error is reported on every queue run. Change it to only 3163 give the error once (and rename the qf => Qf). Patch from 3164 William A. Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 3165 Start a new session when doing background delivery; currently it 3166 ignored signals but didn't start a new signal, that caused 3167 some problems if a background process tried to send mail 3168 under certain circumstances. Problem noted by Eric Hagberg 3169 of Morgan Stanley; fix from Kari Hurtta. 3170 Simplify test for skipping a queue run to just check if the current 3171 load average is >= the queueing load average. Previously 3172 the check factored in some other parameters that caused it 3173 to essentially never skip the queue run. Patch from Bryan 3174 Costales. 3175 If the SMTP server is running in "nullserver" mode (that is, it is 3176 rejecting all commands), start sleeping after MAXBADCOMMAND 3177 (25) commands; this helps prevent a bad guy from putting 3178 you into a tight loop as a denial-of-service attack. Based 3179 on an e-mail conversation with Brad Knowles of AOL. 3180 Slow down when too many "light weight" commands have been issued; 3181 this helps prevent a class of denial-of-service attacks. 3182 The current values and defaults are: 3183 MAXNOOPCOMMANDS 20 NOOP, VERB, ONEX, XUSR 3184 MAXHELOCOMMANDS 3 HELO, EHLO 3185 MAXVRFYCOMMANDS 6 VRFY, EXPN 3186 MAXETRNCOMMANDS 8 ETRN 3187 These will probably be configurable in a future release. 3188 On systems that have uid_t typedefed to be an unsigned short, programs 3189 that had the F=S flag and no U= equate would be invoked with 3190 the real uid set to 65535 rather than being left unchanged. 3191 In some cases, NOTIFY=NEVER was not being honored. Problem noted 3192 by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3193 Mail that was Quoted-Printable encoded and had a soft line break on 3194 the last line (i.e., an incomplete continuation) had the last 3195 line dropped. Since this appears to be illegal it isn't 3196 clear what to do with it, but flushing the last line seems 3197 to be a better "fail soft" approach. Based on a patch from 3198 Eric Hagberg. 3199 If AllowBogusHELO and PrivacyOptions=needmailhelo are both set, a 3200 bogus HELO command still causes the "Polite people say HELO 3201 first" error message. Problem pointed out by Chris Thomas 3202 of UCLA; patch from John Beck of SunSoft. 3203 Handle "sendmail -bp -qSfoobar" properly if restrictqrun is set 3204 in PrivacyOptions. The -q shouldn't turn this command off. 3205 Problem noted by Murray Kucherawy of Pacific Bell Internet; 3206 based on a patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3207 Don't consider SMTP reply codes 452 or 552 (exceeded storage allocation) 3208 in a DATA transaction to be sticky; these can occur because 3209 a message is too large, and smaller messages should still go 3210 through. Problem noted by Matt Dillon of Best Internet 3211 Communications. 3212 In some cases bounces were saved in /var/tmp/dead.letter even if they 3213 had been successfully delivered to the envelope sender. 3214 Problem noted Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley; solution from 3215 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3216 Give better diagnostics on long alias lines. Based on code contributed 3217 by Patrick Gosling of the University of Cambridge. 3218 Increase the number of virtual interfaces that will be probed for 3219 alternate names. Problem noted by Amy Rich of Shore.Net. 3220 PORTABILITY: 3221 UXP/DS V20L10 for Fujitsu DS/90: Makefile patches from 3222 Toshiaki Nomura of Fujitsu Limited. 3223 SunOS with LDAP support: compile problems with struct timeval. 3224 Patch from Nick Cuccia of TCSI Corporation. 3225 SCO: from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 3226 Solaris: kstat load average computation wasn't being used. 3227 Fixes from Michael Ju. Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC 3228 (Moscow). 3229 OpenBSD: from Jason Downs of teeny.org. 3230 Altos System V: from Tim Rice. 3231 Solaris 2.5: from Alan Perry of SunSoft. 3232 Solaris 2.6: from John Beck of SunSoft. 3233 Harris Nighthawk PowerUX (mh6000 box): from Bob Miorelli 3234 of Pratt & Whitney <miorelli@pweh.com>. 3235 CONFIG: It seems that I hadn't gotten the Received: line syntax 3236 _just_right_ yet. Tweak it again. I'll omit the names 3237 of the "contributors" (quantity two) in this one case. 3238 As of now, NO MORE DISCUSSION about the syntax of the 3239 Received: line. 3240 CONFIG: Although FEATURE(nullclient) uses EXPOSED_USER (class $=E), 3241 it never inserts that class into the output file. Fix it 3242 so it will honor EXPOSED_USER but will _not_ include root 3243 automatically in this class. Problem noted by Ronan KERYELL 3244 of Centre de Recherche en Informatique de l'�cole Nationale 3245 Sup�rieure des Mines de Paris (CRI-ENSMP). 3246 CONFIG: Clean up handling of "local:" syntax in relay specifications 3247 such as LUSER_RELAY. This change permits the following 3248 syntaxes: ``local:'' will send to the same user on the 3249 local machine (e.g., in a mailertable entry for "host", 3250 ``local:'' will cause an address addressed to user@host to 3251 go to user on the local machone). ``local:user'' will send 3252 to the named user on the local machine. ``local:user@host'' 3253 is equivalent to ``local:user'' (the host is ignored). In 3254 all cases, the original user@host is passed in $@ (i.e., the 3255 detail information). Inspired by a report from Michael Fuhr. 3256 CONFIG: Strip quotes from the first word of an "error:" host 3257 indication. This lets you set (for example) the LUSER_RELAY 3258 to be ``error:\"5.1.1\" Your Message Here''. Note the use 3259 of the \" so that the resulting string is properly quoted. 3260 Problem noted by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3261 OP.ME: documentation was inconsistent about whether sendmail did a 3262 NOOP or a RSET to probe the connection (it does a RSET). 3263 Inconsistency noted by Deeran Peethamparam. 3264 OP.ME: insert additional blank pages so it will print properly on 3265 a duplex printer. From Matthew Black of Cal State University, 3266 Long Beach. 3267 32688.8.4/8.8.4 1996/12/02 3269 SECURITY: under some circumstances, an attacker could get additional 3270 permissions by hard linking to files that were group 3271 writable by the attacker. The solution is to disallow any 3272 files that have hard links -- this will affect .forward, 3273 :include:, and output files. Problem noted by Terry 3274 Kyriacopoulos of Interlog Internet Services. As a 3275 workaround, set UnsafeGroupWrites -- always a good idea. 3276 SECURITY: the TryNullMXList (w) option should not be safe -- if it 3277 is, it is possible to do a denial-of-service attack on 3278 MX hosts that rely on the use of the null MX list. There 3279 is no danger if you have this option turned off (the default). 3280 Problem noted by Dan Bernstein. Also, make the DontInitGroups 3281 unsafe. I know of no specific attack against this, although 3282 a denial-of-service attack is probably possible, but in theory 3283 you should not be able to safely tweak anything that affects 3284 the permissions that are used when mail is delivered. 3285 Purgestat could go into an infinite loop if one of the host status 3286 directories somehow became empty. Problem noted by Roy 3287 Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3288 Processes got "lost" when counting children due to a race condition. 3289 This caused "proc_list_probe: lost pid" messages to be logged. 3290 Problem noted by several people. 3291 On systems with System V SIGCLD child signal semantics (notably AIX 3292 and HP-UX), mail transactions would print the message "451 3293 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem noted 3294 by several people. 3295 Miscellaneous compiler warnings on picky compilers (or when setting 3296 gcc to high warning levels). From Tom Moore of NCR Corp. 3297 SMTP protocol errors, and most errors on MAIL FROM: lines should 3298 not be persistent between runs, since they are based on the 3299 message rather than the host. Problem noted by Matt Dillon 3300 of Best Internet Communications. 3301 The F=7 flag was ignored on SMTP mailers. Problem noted by Tom Moore 3302 of NCR (a.k.a., AT&T Global Information Solutions). 3303 Avoid the possibility of having a child daemon run to completion 3304 (including closing the SMTP socket) before the parent has 3305 had a chance to close the socket; this can cause the parent 3306 to hang for a long time waiting for the socket to drain. 3307 Patch from Don Lewis of TDK Semiconductor. 3308 If the fork() failed in a queue run, the queue runners would not be 3309 rescheduled (so queue runs would stop). Patch from Don Lewis. 3310 Some error conditions in ETRN could cause output without an SMTP 3311 status code. Problem noted by Don Lewis. 3312 Multiple :maildrop addresses in the user database didn't work properly. 3313 Patch from Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3314 Add ".db" automatically onto any user database spec that does not 3315 already have it; this is for consistency with makemap, the 3316 K line, and the documentation. Inconsistency pointed out 3317 by Roy Mongiovi. 3318 Allow sendmail to be properly called in nohup mode. Patch from 3319 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3320 Change ETRN to ignore but still update host status files; previously 3321 it would ignore them and not save the updated status, which 3322 caused stale information to be maintained. Based on a patch 3323 from Christopher Davis of Kapor Enterprises Inc. Also, have 3324 ETRN ignore the MinQueueAge option. 3325 Patch long term host status to recover more gracefully from an empty 3326 host status file condition. Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori 3327 of Kyoto University. 3328 Several patches to signal handling code to fix potential race 3329 conditions from Don Lewis. 3330 Make it possible to compile with -DDAEMON=0 (previously it had some 3331 compile errors). This turns DAEMON, QUEUE, and SMTP into 3332 0/1 compilation flags. Note that DAEMON is an obsolete 3333 compile flag; use NETINET instead. Solution based on a 3334 patch from Bryan Costales. 3335 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3336 AIX4: getpwnam() and getpwuid() do a sequential scan of the 3337 /etc/security/passwd file when called as root. This 3338 is very slow on some systems. To speed it up, use the 3339 (undocumented) _getpw{nam,uid}_shadow() routines. 3340 Patch from Chris Thomas of UCLA/OAC Systems Group. 3341 SCO 5.x: include -lprot in the Makefile. Patch from Bill 3342 Glicker of Burrelle's Information Service. 3343 NEWS-OS 4.x: need a definition for MODE_T to compile. Patch 3344 from Makoto MATSUSHITA of Osaka University. 3345 SunOS 4.0.3: compile problems. Patches from Andrew Cole of 3346 Leeds University and SASABE Tetsuro of the University 3347 of Tokyo. 3348 DG/UX 5.4.4.11 from Brian J. Murrell of InterLinx Support 3349 Services, Inc. 3350 Domain/OS from Don (Truck) Lewis of TDK Semiconductor Corp. 3351 I believe this to have only been a problem if you 3352 compiled with -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH -- another reason 3353 to stick with /etc/sendmail.cf as your One True Path. 3354 Digital UNIX (OSF/1 on Alpha) load average computation from 3355 Martin Laubach of the Technischen Universit�t Wien. 3356 CONFIG: change default Received: line to be multiple lines rather 3357 than one long one. By popular demand. 3358 MAIL.LOCAL: warnings weren't being logged on some systems. Patch 3359 from Jerome Berkman of U.C. Berkeley. 3360 MAKEMAP: be sure to zero hinfo to avoid cruft that can cause runs 3361 to take a very long time. Problem noted by Yoshiro YONEYA 3362 of NTT Software Corporation. 3363 CONTRIB: add etrn.pl, contributed by John Beck. 3364 NEW FILES: 3365 contrib/etrn.pl 3366 33678.8.3/8.8.3 1996/11/17 3368 SECURITY: it was possible to get a root shell by lying to sendmail 3369 about argv[0] and then sending it a signal. Problem noted 3370 by Leshka Zakharoff <leshka@leshka.chuvashia.su> on the 3371 best-of-security list. 3372 Log sendmail binary version number in "Warning: .cf version level 3373 (%d) exceeds program functionality (%d) message" -- this 3374 should make it clearer to people that they are running 3375 the wrong binary. 3376 Fix a problem that occurs when you open an SMTP connection and then 3377 do one or more ETRN commands followed by a MAIL command; at 3378 the end of the DATA phase sendmail would incorrectly report 3379 "451 SMTP-MAIL: lost child: No child processes". Problem 3380 noted by Eric Bishop of Virginia Tech. 3381 When doing text-based host canonification (typically /etc/hosts 3382 lookup), a null host name would match any /etc/hosts entry 3383 with space at the end of the line. Problem noted by Steve 3384 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3385 7 to 8 bit BASE64 MIME conversions could duplicate bits of text. 3386 Problem reported by Tom Smith of Digital Equipment Corp. 3387 Increase the size of the DNS answer buffer -- the standard UDP packet 3388 size PACKETSZ (512) is not sufficient for some nameserver 3389 answers containing very many resource records. The resolver 3390 may also switch to TCP and retry if it detects UDP packet 3391 overflow. Also, allow for the fact that the resolver 3392 routines res_query and res_search return the size of the 3393 *un*truncated answer in case the supplied answer buffer it 3394 not big enough to accommodate the entire answer. Patch from 3395 Eric Wassenaar. 3396 Improvements to MaxDaemonChildren code. If you think you have too 3397 many children, probe the ones you have to verify that they 3398 are still around. Suggested by Jared Mauch of CICnet, Inc. 3399 Also, do this probe before growing the vector of children 3400 pids; this previously caused the vector to grow indefinitely 3401 due to a race condition. Problem reported by Kyle Jones of 3402 UUNET. 3403 On some architectures, <db.h> (from the Berkeley DB library) defines 3404 O_EXLOCK to zero; this fools the map compilation code into 3405 thinking that it can avoid race conditions by locking on open. 3406 Change it to check for O_EXLOCK non-zero. Problem noted by 3407 Leif Erlingsson of Data Lege. 3408 Always call res_init() on startup (if compiled in, of course) to 3409 allow the sendmail.cf file to tweak resolver flags; without 3410 it, flag tweaks in ResolverOptions are ignored. Patch from 3411 Andrew Sun of Merrill Lynch. 3412 Improvements to host status printing code. Suggested by Steve Hubert 3413 of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3414 Change MinQueueAge option processing to do the check for the job age 3415 when reading the queue file, rather than at the end; this 3416 avoids parsing the addresses, which can do DNS lookups. 3417 Problem noted by John Beck of InReference, Inc. 3418 When MIME was being 7->8 bit decoded, "From " lines weren't being 3419 properly escaped. Problem noted by Peter Nilsson of the 3420 University of Linkoping. 3421 In some cases, sendmail would retain root permissions during queue 3422 runs even if RunAsUser was set. Problem noted by Mark 3423 Thomas of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 3424 If the F=l flag was set on an SMTP mailer to indicate that it is 3425 actually local delivery, and NOTIFY=SUCCESS is specified in 3426 the envelope, and the receiving SMTP server speaks DSN, then 3427 the DSN would be both generated locally and propagated to the 3428 other end. 3429 The U= mailer field didn't correctly extract the group id if the 3430 user id was numeric. Problem noted by Kenneth Herron of 3431 MCI Telecommunications Communications. 3432 If a message exceeded the fixed maximum size on input, the body of 3433 the message was included in the bounce. Note that this did 3434 not occur if it exceeded the maximum _output_ size. Problem 3435 reported by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3436 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3437 AIX4: 4.1 doesn't have a working setreuid(2); change the 3438 AIX4 defines to use seteuid(2) instead, which 3439 works on 4.1 as well as 4.2. Problem noted by 3440 H�kan Lindholm of interAF, Sweden. 3441 AIX4: use tzname[] vector to determine time zone name. 3442 Patch from NAKAMURA Motonori of Kyoto University. 3443 MkLinux: add Makefile.Linux.ppc and OSTYPE(mklinux) support. 3444 Contributed by Paul DuBois <dubois@primate.wisc.edu>. 3445 Solaris: kstat(3k) support for retrieving the load average. 3446 This adds the LA_KSTAT definition for LA_TYPE. 3447 The outline of the implementation was contributed 3448 by Michael Tokarev of Telecom Service, JSC, Moscow. 3449 HP-UX 10.0 gripes about the (perfectly legal!) forward 3450 declaration of struct rusage at the top of conf.h; 3451 change it to only be included if you are using gcc, 3452 which is apparently the only compiler that requires 3453 it in the first place. Problem noted by Jeff 3454 Earickson of Colby College. 3455 IRIX: don't default to using gcc. IRIX is a civilized 3456 operating system that comes with a decent compiler 3457 by default. Problem noted by Barry Bouwsma and 3458 Kari Hurtta. 3459 CONFIG: specify F=9 as default in FEATURE(local_procmail) for 3460 consistency with other local mailers. Inconsistency 3461 pointed out by Teddy Hogeborn <teddy@fukt.hk-r.se>. 3462 CONFIG: if the "limited best mx" feature is used (to reduce DNS 3463 overhead) as part of the bestmx_is_local feature, the 3464 domain part was dropped from the name. Patch from Steve 3465 Hubert of the University of Washington, Seattle. 3466 CONFIG: catch addresses of the form "user@.dom.ain"; these could 3467 end up being translated to the null host name, which would 3468 return any entry in /etc/hosts that had a space at the end 3469 of the line. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the 3470 University of Washington, Seattle. 3471 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(aix4). From Michael Sofka of Rensselaer 3472 Polytechnic Institute. 3473 MAKEMAP: tweak hash and btree parameters for better performance. 3474 Patch from Matt Dillon of Best Internet Communications. 3475 NEW FILES: 3476 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Linux.ppc 3477 cf/ostype/aix4.m4 3478 cf/ostype/mklinux.m4 3479 34808.8.2/8.8.2 1996/10/18 3481 SECURITY: fix a botch in the 7-bit MIME patch; the previous patch 3482 changed the code but didn't fix the problem. 3483 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3484 Solaris: Don't use the system getusershell(3); it can 3485 apparently corrupt the heap in some circumstances. 3486 Problem found by Ken Pizzini of Spry, Inc. 3487 OP.ME: document several mailer flags that were accidentally omitted 3488 from this document. These flags were F=d, F=j, F=R, and F=9. 3489 CONFIG: no changes. 3490 34918.8.1/8.8.1 1996/10/17 3492 SECURITY: unset all environment variables that the resolver will 3493 examine during queue runs and daemon mode. Problem noted 3494 by Dan Bernstein of the University of Illinois at Chicago. 3495 SECURITY: in some cases an illegal 7-bit MIME-encoded text/plain 3496 message could overflow a buffer if it was converted back 3497 to 8 bits. This caused core dumps and has the potential 3498 for a remote attack. Problem first noted by Gregory Shapiro 3499 of WPI. 3500 Avoid duplicate deliveries of error messages on systems that don't 3501 have flock(2) support. Patch from Motonori Nakamura of 3502 Kyoto University. 3503 Ignore null FallBackMX (V) options. If this option is null (as 3504 opposed to undefined) it can cause "null signature" syserrs 3505 on illegal host names. 3506 If a Base64 encoded text/plain message has no trailing newline in 3507 the encoded text, conversion back to 8 bits will drop the 3508 final line. Problem noted by Pierre David. 3509 If running with a RunAsUser, sendmail would give bogus "cannot 3510 setuid" (or seteuid, or setreuid) messages on some systems. 3511 Problem pointed out by Jordan Mendelson of Web Services, Inc. 3512 Always print error messages in -bv mode -- previously, -bv would 3513 be absolutely silent on errors if the error mode was sent 3514 to (say) mail-back. Problem noted by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3515 If -qI/R/S is set (or the ETRN command is used), ignore all long 3516 term host status. This is necessary because it is common 3517 to do this when you know a host has just come back up. 3518 Disallow duplicate HELO/EHLO commands as required by RFC 1651 section 3519 4.2. Excessive permissiveness noted by Lee Flight of the 3520 University of Leicester. 3521 If a service (such as NIS) is specified as the last entry in the 3522 service switch, but that service is not compiled in, sendmail 3523 would return a temporary failure when an entry was not found 3524 in the map. This caused the message to be queued instead of 3525 bouncing immediately. Problem noted by Harry Edmon of the 3526 University of Washington. 3527 PORTABILITY FIXES: 3528 Solaris 2.3 had compilation problems in conf.c. Several 3529 people pointed this out. 3530 NetBSD from Charles Hannum of MIT. 3531 AIX4 improvements based on info from Steve Bauer of South 3532 Dakota School of Mines & Technology. 3533 CONFIG: ``error:code message'' syntax was broken in virtusertable. 3534 Patch from Gil Kloepfer Jr. 3535 CONFIG: if FEATURE(nocanonify) was specified, hosts in $=M (set 3536 using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN) were not masqueraded unless they 3537 were also in $=w. Problem noted by Zoltan Basti of 3538 Softec. 3539 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile and link cleanly on AIX. Based 3540 on a patch from Eric Hagberg of Morgan Stanley. 3541 MAIL.LOCAL: patches to compile on NEXTSTEP. From Patrick Nolan 3542 of Stanford via Robert La Ferla. 3543 35448.8.0/8.8.0 1996/09/26 3545 Under some circumstances, Bcc: headers would not be properly 3546 deleted. Pointed out by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision. 3547 Log a warning if the sendmail daemon is invoked without a full 3548 pathname, which prevents "kill -1" from working. I was 3549 urged to put this in by Andrey A. Chernov of DEMOS (Russia). 3550 Fix small buffer overflow. Since the data in this buffer was not 3551 read externally, there was no security problem (and in fact 3552 probably wouldn't really overflow on most compilers). Pointed 3553 out by KIZU takashi of Osaka University. 3554 Fix problem causing domain literals such as [1.2.3.4] to be ignored 3555 if a FallbackMXHost was specified in the configuration file 3556 -- all mail would be sent to the fallback even if the original 3557 host was accessible. Pointed out by Munenari Hirayama of 3558 NSC (Japan). 3559 A message that didn't terminate with a newline would (sometimes) not 3560 have the trailing "." added properly in the SMTP dialogue, 3561 causing SMTP to hang. Patch from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 3562 The DaemonPortOptions suboption to bind to a particular address was 3563 incorrect and nonfunctional due to a misunderstanding of the 3564 semantics of binding on a passive socket. Patch from 3565 NIIBE Yutaka of Mitsubishi Research Institute. 3566 Increase the number of MX hosts for a single name to 100 to better 3567 handle the truly huge service providers such as AOL, which 3568 has 13 at the moment (and climbing). In order to avoid 3569 trashing memory, the buffer for all names has only been 3570 slightly increased in size, to 12.8K from 10.2K -- this means 3571 that if a single name had 100 MX records, the average size 3572 of those records could not exceed 128 bytes. Requested by 3573 Brad Knowles of America On Line. 3574 Restore use of IDENT returns where the OSTYPE field equals "OTHER". 3575 Urged by Dan Bernstein of U.C. Berkeley. 3576 Print q_statdate and q_specificity in address structure debugging 3577 printout. 3578 Expand MCI structure flag bits for debugging output. 3579 Support IPv6-style domain literals, which can have colons between 3580 square braces. 3581 Log open file descriptors for the "cannot dup" messages in deliver(); 3582 this is an attempt to track down a bug that one person seems 3583 to be having (it may be a Solaris bug!). 3584 DSN NOTIFY parameters were not properly propagated across queue runs; 3585 this caused the NOTIFY info to sometimes be lost. Problem 3586 pointed out by Claus Assmann of the 3587 Christian-Albrechts-University of Kiel. 3588 The statistics gathered in the sendmail.st file were too high; in 3589 some cases failures (e.g., user unknown or temporary failure) 3590 would count as a delivery as far as the statistics were 3591 concerned. Problem noted by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 3592 Systems that don't have flock() would not send split envelopes in 3593 the initial run. Problem pointed out by Leonard Zubkoff of 3594 Dandelion Digital. 3595 Move buffer overflow checking -- these primarily involve distrusting 3596 results that may come from NIS and DNS. 3597 4.4-BSD-derived systems, including FreeBSD, NetBSD, and BSD/OS didn't 3598 include <paths.h> and hence had the wrong pathnames for a few 3599 things like /var/tmp. Reported by Matthew Green. 3600 Conditions were reversed for the Priority: header, resulting in all 3601 values being interpreted as non-urgent except for non-urgent, 3602 which was interpreted as normal. Patch from Bryan Costales. 3603 The -o (optional) flag was being ignored on hash and btree maps 3604 since 8.7.2. Fix from Bryan Costales. 3605 Content-Types listed in class "q" will always be encoded as 3606 Quoted-Printable (or more accurately, will never be encoded 3607 as base64). The class can have primary types (e.g., "text") 3608 or full types (e.g., "text/plain"). Based on a suggestion by 3609 Marius Olafsson of the University of Iceland. 3610 Define ${envid} to be the original envelope id (from the ESMTP DSN 3611 dialogue) so it can be passed to programs in mailers. 3612 Define ${bodytype} to be the body type (from the -B flag or the 3613 BODY= ESMTP parameter) so it can be passed to programs in 3614 mailers. 3615 Cause the VRFY command to return 252 instead of 250 unless the F=q 3616 flag is set in the mailer descriptor. Suggested by John 3617 Myers of CMU. 3618 Implement ESMTP ETRN command to flush the queue for a specific host. 3619 The command takes a host name; data for that host is 3620 immediately (and asynchronously) flushed. Because this shares 3621 the -qR implementation, other hosts may be attempted, but 3622 there should be no security implications. Implementation 3623 from John Beck of InReference, Inc. See RFC 1985 for details. 3624 Add three new command line flags to pass in DSN parameters: -V envid 3625 (equivalent to ENVID=envid on the MAIL command), -R ret 3626 (equivalent to RET=ret on the MAIL command), and -Nnotify 3627 (equivalent to NOTIFY=notify on the RCPT command). Note 3628 that the -N flag applies to all recipients; there is no way 3629 to specify per-address notifications on the command line, 3630 nor is there an equivalent for the ORCPT= per-address 3631 parameter. 3632 Restore LogLevel option to be safe (it can only be increased); 3633 apparently I went into paranoid mode between 8.6 and 8.7 3634 and made it unsafe. Pointed out by Dabe Murphy of the 3635 University of Maryland. 3636 New logging on log level 15: all SMTP traffic. Patches from 3637 Andrew Gross of San Diego Supercomputer Center. 3638 NetInfo property value searching code wasn't stopping when it found 3639 a match. This was causing the wrong values to be found (and 3640 had a memory leak). Found by Bastian Schleuter of TU-Berlin. 3641 Add new F=0 (zero) mailer flag to turn off MX lookups. It was pointed 3642 out by Bill Wisner of Electronics for Imaging that you can't 3643 use the bracket address form for the MAIL_HUB macro, since 3644 that causes the brackets to remain in the envelope recipient 3645 address used for delivery. The simple fix (stripping off the 3646 brackets in the config file) breaks the use of IP literal 3647 addresses. This flag will solve that problem. 3648 Add MustQuoteChars option. This is a list of characters that must 3649 be quoted if they are found in the phrase part of an address 3650 (that is, the full name part). The characters @,;:\()[] are 3651 always in this list and cannot be removed. The default is 3652 this list plus . and ' to match RFC 822. 3653 Add AllowBogusHELO option; if set, sendmail will allow HELO commands 3654 that do not include a host name for back compatibility with 3655 some stupid SMTP clients. Setting this violates RFC 1123 3656 section 5.2.5. 3657 Add MaxDaemonChildren option; if this is set, sendmail will start 3658 rejecting connections if it has more than this many 3659 outstanding children accepting mail. Note that you may 3660 see more processes than this because of outgoing mail; this 3661 is for incoming connections only. 3662 Add ConnectionRateThrottle option. If set to a positive value, the 3663 number of incoming SMTP connections that will be permitted 3664 in a single second is limited to this number. Connections are 3665 not refused during this time, just deferred. The intent is to 3666 flatten out demand so that load average limiting can kick in. 3667 It is less radical than MaxDaemonChildren, which will stop 3668 accepting connections even if all the connections are idle 3669 (e.g., due to connection caching). 3670 Add Timeout.hoststatus option. This interval (defaulting to 30m) 3671 specifies how long cached information about the state of a 3672 host will be kept before they are considered stale and the 3673 host is retried. If you are using persistent host status 3674 (i.e., the HostStatusDirectory option is set) this will apply 3675 between runs; otherwise, it applies only within a single queue 3676 run and hence is useful only for hosts that have large queues 3677 that take a very long time to run. 3678 Add SingleLineFromHeader option. If set, From: headers are coerced 3679 into being a single line even if they had newlines in them 3680 when read. This is to get around a botch in Lotus Notes. 3681 Text class maps were totally broken -- if you ever retrieved the last 3682 item in a table it would be truncated. Problem noted by 3683 Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3684 Extend the lines printed by the mailq command (== the -bp flag) when 3685 -v is given to 120 characters; this allows more information 3686 to be displayed. Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 3687 Allow macro definitions (`D' lines) with unquoted commas; previously 3688 this was treated as end-of-input. Problem noted by Bryan 3689 Costales. 3690 The RET= envelope parameter (used for DSNs) wasn't properly written 3691 to the queue file. Fix from John Hughes of Atlantic 3692 Technologies, Inc. 3693 Close /var/tmp/dead.letter after a successful write -- otherwise 3694 if this happens in a queue run it can cause nasty delays. 3695 Problem noted by Mark Horton of AT&T. 3696 If userdb entries pointed to userdb entries, and there were multiple 3697 values for a given key, the database cursor would get 3698 trashed by the recursive call. Problem noted by Roy Mongiovi 3699 of Georgia Tech. Fixed by reading all the values and creating 3700 a comma-separated list; thus, the -v output will be somewhat 3701 different for this case. 3702 Fix buffer allocation problem with Hesiod-based userdb maps when 3703 HES_GETMAILHOST is defined. Based on a patch by Betty Lee 3704 of Stanford University. 3705 When envelopes were split due to aliases with owner- aliases, and 3706 there was some error on one of the lists, more than one of 3707 the owners would get the message. Problem pointed out by 3708 Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 3709 Detect excessive recursion in macro expansions, e.g., $X defined 3710 in terms of $Y which is defined in terms of $X. Problem 3711 noted by Bryan Costales; patch from Eric Wassenaar. 3712 When using F=U to get "ugly UUCP" From_ lines, a buffer could in 3713 some cases get trashed causing bogus From_ lines. Fix from 3714 Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3715 When doing load average initialization, if the nlist call for avenrun 3716 failed, the second and subsequent lookups wouldn't notice 3717 that fact causing bogus load averages to be returned. Noted 3718 by Casper Dik of Sun Holland. 3719 Fix problem with incompatibility with some versions of inet_aton that 3720 have changed the return value to unsigned, so a check for an 3721 error return of -1 doesn't work. Use INADDR_NONE instead. 3722 This could cause mail to addresses such as [foo.com] to bounce 3723 or get dropped. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel of the 3724 Pasteur Institute. 3725 DSNs were inconsistent if a failure occurred during the DATA phase 3726 rather than the RCPT phase: the Action: would be correct, but 3727 the detailed status information would be wrong. Problem noted 3728 by Bob Snyder of General Electric Company. 3729 Add -U command line flag and the XUSR ESMTP extension, both indicating 3730 that this is the initial MUA->MTA submission. The flag current 3731 does nothing, but in future releases (when MUAs start using 3732 these flags) it will probably turn on things like DNS 3733 canonification. 3734 Default end-of-line string (E= specification on mailer [M] lines) 3735 to \r\n on SMTP mailers. Default remains \n on non-SMTP 3736 mailers. 3737 Change the internal definition for the *file* and *include* mailers 3738 to have $u in the argument vectors so that they aren't 3739 misinterpreted as SMTP mailers and thus use \r\n line 3740 termination. This will affect anyone who has redefined 3741 either of these in their configuration file. 3742 Don't assume that IDENT servers close the connection after a query; 3743 responses can be newline terminated. From Terry Kennedy of 3744 St. Peter's College. 3745 Avoid core dumps on erroneous configuration files that have 3746 $#mailer with nothing following. From Bryan Costales. 3747 Avoid null pointer dereference with high debug values in unlockqueue. 3748 Fix from Randy Martin of Clemson University. 3749 Fix possible buffer overrun when expanding very large macros. Fix 3750 from Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3751 After 25 EXPN or VRFY commands, start pausing for a second before 3752 processing each one. This avoids a certain form of denial 3753 of service attack. Potential attack pointed out by Bryan 3754 Costales. 3755 Allow new named (not numbered!) config file rules to do validity 3756 checking on SMTP arguments: check_mail for MAIL commands and 3757 check_rcpt for RCPT commands. These rulesets can do anything 3758 they want; their result is ignored unless they resolve to the 3759 $#error mailer, in which case the indicated message is printed 3760 and the command is rejected. Similarly, the check_compat 3761 ruleset is called before delivery with "from_addr $| to_addr" 3762 (the $| is a meta-symbol used to separate the two addresses); 3763 it can give a "this sender can't send to this recipient" 3764 notification. Note that this patch allows $| to stand alone 3765 in rulesets. 3766 Define new macros ${client_name}, ${client_addr}, and ${client_port} 3767 that have the name, IP address, and port number (respectively) 3768 of the SMTP client (that is, the entity at the other end of 3769 the connection. These can be used in (e.g.) check_rcpt to 3770 verify that someone isn't trying to relay mail through your 3771 host inappropriately. Be sure to use the deferred evaluation 3772 form, for example $&{client_name}, to avoid having these bound 3773 when sendmail reads the configuration file. 3774 Add new config file rule check_relay to check the incoming connection 3775 information. Like check_compat, it is passed the host name 3776 and host address separated by $| and can reject connections 3777 on that basis. 3778 Allow IDA-style recursive function calls. Code contributed by Mark 3779 Lovell and Paul Vixie. 3780 Eliminate the "No ! in UUCP From address!" message" -- instead, create 3781 a virtual UUCP address using either a domain address or the $k 3782 macro. Based on code contributed by Mark Lovell and Paul 3783 Vixie. 3784 Add Stanford LDAP map. Requires special libraries that are not 3785 included with sendmail. Contributed by Booker C. Bense 3786 <bbense@networking.stanford.edu>; contact him for support. 3787 See also the src/READ_ME file. 3788 Allow -dANSI to turn on ANSI escape sequences in debug output; this 3789 puts metasymbols (e.g., $+) in reverse video. Really useful 3790 only for debugging deep bits of code where it is important to 3791 distinguish between the single-character metasymbol $+ and the 3792 two characters $, +. 3793 Changed ruleset 89 (executed in dumpstate()) to a named ruleset, 3794 debug_dumpstate. 3795 Add new UnsafeGroupWrites option; if set, .forward and :include: 3796 files that are group writable are considered "unsafe" -- that 3797 is, programs and files referenced from such files are not 3798 valid recipients. 3799 Delete bogosity test for FallBackMX host; this prevented it to be a 3800 name that was not in DNS or was a domain-literal. Problem 3801 noted by Tom May. 3802 Change the introduction to error messages to more clearly delineate 3803 permanent from temporary failures; if both existed in a 3804 single message it could be confusing. Suggested by John 3805 Beck of InReference, Inc. 3806 The IngoreDot (i) option didn't work for lines that were terminated 3807 with CRLF. Problem noted by Ted Stockwell of Secure 3808 Computing Corporation. 3809 Add a heuristic to improve the handling of unbalanced `<' signs in 3810 message headers. Problem reported by Matt Dillon of Best 3811 Internet Communications. 3812 Check for bogus characters in the 0200-0237 range; since these are 3813 used internally, very strange errors can occur if those 3814 characters appear in headers. Problem noted by Anders Gertz 3815 of Lysator. 3816 Implement 7 -> 8 bit MIME conversions. This only takes place if the 3817 recipient mailer has the F=9 flag set, and only works on 3818 text/plain body types. Code contributed by Marius Olafsson 3819 of the University of Iceland. 3820 Special case "postmaster" name so that it is always treated as lower 3821 case in alias files regardless of configuration settings; 3822 this prevents some potential problems where "Postmaster" or 3823 "POSTMASTER" might not match "postmaster". In most cases 3824 this change is a no-op. 3825 The -o map flag was ignored for text maps. Problem noted by Bryan 3826 Costales. 3827 The -a map flag was ignored for dequote maps. Problem noted by 3828 Bryan Costales. 3829 Fix core dump when a lookup of a class "prog" map returns no 3830 response. Patch from Bryan Costales. 3831 Log instances where sendmail is deferring or rejecting connections 3832 on LogLevel 14. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3833 Include port number in process title for network daemons. Suggested 3834 by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3835 Send ``double bounces'' (errors that occur when sending an error 3836 message) to the address indicated in the DoubleBounceAddress 3837 option (default: postmaster). Previously they were always 3838 sent to postmaster. Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 3839 Add new mode, -bD, that acts like -bd in all respects except that 3840 it runs in foreground. This is useful for using with a 3841 wrapper that "watches" system services. Suggested by Kyle 3842 Jones of UUNET. 3843 Fix botch in spacing around (parenthesized) comments in addresses 3844 when the comment comes before the address. Patch from 3845 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3846 Use the prefix "Postmaster notify" on the Subject: lines of messages 3847 that are being bounced to postmaster, rather than "Returned 3848 mail". This permits the person who is postmaster more 3849 easily determine what messages are to their role as 3850 postmaster versus bounces to mail they actually sent. Based 3851 on a suggestion by Motonori Nakamura. 3852 Add new value "time" for QueueSortOrder option; this causes the queue 3853 to be sorted strictly by the time of submission. Note that 3854 this can cause very bad behavior over slow lines (because 3855 large jobs will tend to delay small jobs) and on nodes with 3856 heavy traffic (because old things in the queue for hosts that 3857 are down delay processing of new jobs). Also, this does not 3858 guarantee that jobs will be delivered in submission order 3859 unless you also set DeliveryMode=queue. In general, it should 3860 probably only be used on the command line, and only in 3861 conjunction with -qRhost.domain. In fact, there are very few 3862 cases where it should be used at all. Based on an 3863 implementation by Motonori Nakamura. 3864 If a map lookup in ruleset 5 returns tempfail, queue the message in 3865 the same manner as other rulesets. Previously a temporary 3866 failure in ruleset 5 was ignored. Patch from Booker Bense 3867 of Stanford University. 3868 Don't proceed to the next MX host if an SMTP MAIL command returns a 3869 5yz (permanent failure) code. The next MX host will still be 3870 tried if the connection cannot be opened in the first place 3871 or if the MAIL command returns a 4yz (temporary failure) code. 3872 (It's hard to know what to do here, since neither RFC 974 nor 3873 RFC 1123 specify when to proceed to the next MX host.) 3874 Suggested by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision, Inc. 3875 Add new "-t" flag for map definitions (the "K" line in the .cf file). 3876 This causes map lookups that get a temporary failure (e.g., 3877 name server failure) to _not_ defer the delivery of the 3878 message. This should only be used if your configuration file 3879 is prepared to do something sensible in this case. Based on 3880 an idea by Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 3881 Fix problem finding network interface addresses. Patch from 3882 Motonori Nakamura. 3883 Don't reject qf entries that are not owned by your effective uid if 3884 you are not running setuid; this makes management of certain 3885 kinds of firewall setups difficult. Patch suggested by 3886 Eamonn Coleman of Qualcomm. 3887 Add persistent host status. This keeps the information normally 3888 maintained within a single queue run in disk files that are 3889 shared between sendmail instances. The HostStatusDirectory 3890 is the directory in which the information is maintained. If 3891 not set, persistent host status is turned off. If not a full 3892 pathname, it is relative to the queue directory. A common 3893 value is ".hoststat". 3894 There are also two new operation modes: 3895 * -bh prints the status of hosts that have had recent 3896 connections. 3897 * -bH purges the host statuses. No attempt is made to save 3898 recent status information. 3899 This feature was originally written by Paul Vixie of Vixie 3900 Enterprises for KJS and adapted for V8 by Mark Lovell of 3901 Bigrock Consulting. Paul's funding of Mark and Mark's patience 3902 with my insistence that things fit cleanly into the V8 3903 framework is gratefully appreciated. 3904 New SingleThreadDelivery option (requires HostStatusDirectory to 3905 operate). Avoids letting two sendmails on the local machine 3906 open connections to the same remote host at the same time. 3907 This reduces load on the other machine, but can cause mail to 3908 be delayed (for example, if one sendmail is delivering a huge 3909 message, other sendmails won't be able to send even small 3910 messages). Also, it requires another file descriptor (for the 3911 lock file) per connection, so you may have to reduce 3912 ConnectionCacheSize to avoid running out of per-process 3913 file descriptors. Based on the persistent host status code 3914 contributed by Paul Vixie and Mark Lovell. 3915 Allow sending to non-simple files (e.g., /dev/null) even if the 3916 SafeFileEnvironment option is set. Problem noted by Bryan 3917 Costales. 3918 The -qR flag mistakenly matched flags in the "R" line of the queue 3919 file. Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 3920 If a job was aborted using the interrupt signal (e.g., control-C from 3921 the keyboard), on some occasions an empty df file would be 3922 left around; these would collect in the queue directory. 3923 Problem noted by Bryan Costales. 3924 Change the makesendmail script to enhance the search for Makefiles 3925 based on release number. For example, on SunOS 5.5.1, it will 3926 search for Makefile.SunOS.5.5.1, Makefile.SunOS.5.5, and then 3927 Makefile.SunOS.5.x (in addition to the other rules, e.g., 3928 adding $arch). Problem noted by Jason Mastaler of Atlanta 3929 Webmasters. 3930 When creating maps using "newaliases", always map the keys to lower 3931 case when creating the map unless the -f flag is specified on 3932 the map itself. Previously this was done based on the F=u 3933 flag in the local mailer, which meant you could create aliases 3934 that you could never access. Problem noted by Bob Wu of DEC. 3935 When a job was read from the queue, the bits causing notification on 3936 failure or delay were always set. This caused those 3937 notifications to be sent even if NOTIFY=NEVER had been 3938 specified. Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University 3939 of Washington, Seattle. 3940 Add new configurable routine validate_connection (in conf.c). This 3941 lets you decide if you are willing to accept traffic from 3942 this host. If it returns FALSE, all SMTP commands will return 3943 "550 Access denied". -DTCPWRAPPERS will include support for 3944 TCP wrappers; you will need to add -lwrap to the link line. 3945 (See src/READ_ME for details.) 3946 Don't include the "THIS IS A WARNING MESSAGE ONLY" banner on postmaster 3947 bounces. Some people seemed to think that this could be 3948 confusing (even though it is true). Suggested by Motonori 3949 Nakamura. 3950 Add new RunAsUser option; this causes sendmail to do a setuid to that 3951 user early in processing to avoid potential security problems. 3952 However, this means that all .forward and :include: files must 3953 be readable by that user, and all files to be written must be 3954 writable by that user and all programs will be executed by that 3955 user. It is also incompatible with the SafeFileEnvironment 3956 option. In other words, it may not actually add much to 3957 security. However, it should be useful on firewalls and other 3958 places where users don't have accounts and the aliases file is 3959 well constrained. 3960 Add Timeout.iconnect. This is like Timeout.connect except it is used 3961 only on the first attempt to delivery to an address. It could 3962 be set to be lower than Timeout.connect on the principle that 3963 the mail should go through quickly to responsive hosts; less 3964 responsive hosts get to wait for the next queue run. 3965 Fix a problem on Solaris that occasionally causes programs 3966 (such as vacation) to hang with their standard input connected 3967 to a UDP port. It also created some signal handling problems. 3968 The problems turned out to be an interaction between vfork(2) 3969 and some of the libraries, particularly NIS/NIS+. I am 3970 indebted to Tor Egge <tegge@idt.ntnu.no> for this fix. 3971 Change user class map to do the same matching that actual delivery 3972 will do instead of just a /etc/passwd lookup. This adds 3973 fuzzy matching to the user map. Patch from Dan Oscarsson. 3974 The Timeout.* options are not safe -- they can be used to create a 3975 denial-of-service attack. Problem noted by Christophe 3976 Wolfhugel. 3977 Don't send PostmasterCopy messages in the event of a "delayed" 3978 notification. Suggested by Barry Bouwsma. 3979 Don't advertise "VERB" ESMTP extension if the "noexpn" privacy 3980 option is set, since this disables VERB mode. Suggested 3981 by John Hawkinson of MIT. 3982 Complain if the QueueDirectory (Q) option is not set. Problem noted 3983 by Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 3984 Only queue messages on transient .forward open failures if there 3985 were no successful opens. The previous behavior caused it 3986 to queue even if a "fall back" .forward was found. Problem 3987 noted by Ann-Kian Yeo of the Dept. of Information Systems 3988 and Computer Science (DISCS), NUS, Singapore. 3989 Don't do 8->7 bit conversions when bouncing a MIME message that 3990 is bouncing because of a MIME error during 8->7 bit conversion; 3991 the encapsulated message will bounce again, causing a loop. 3992 Problem noted by Steve Hubert of the University of Washington. 3993 Create xf (transcript) files using the TempFileMode option value 3994 instead of 0644. Suggested by Ann-Kian Yeo of the 3995 National University of Singapore. 3996 Print errors if setgid/setuid/etc. fail during delivery. This helps 3997 detect cases where DefaultUid is set to something that the 3998 system can't cope with. 3999 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4000 Support for AIX/RS 2.2.1 from Mark Whetzel of Western 4001 Atlas International. 4002 Patches for Intel Paragon OSF/1 1.3 from Leo Bicknell 4003 <bicknell@ufp.org>. 4004 On DEC OSF/1 3.2 and earlier, the MatchGECOS code would only 4005 work on the first recipient of a message due to a 4006 bug in the getpwent family. If this is something you 4007 use, you can define DEC_OSF_BROKEN_GETPWENT=1 for a 4008 workaround. From Maximum Entropy of Sanford C. 4009 Bernstein and Associates. 4010 FreeBSD 1.1.5.1 uname -r returns a string containing 4011 parentheses, which breaks makesendmail. Reported 4012 by Piero Serini <piero@strider.ibenet.it>. 4013 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 4.0.2 patches from Jack Woolley of 4014 Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 4015 Solaris 2.x: omit the UUCP grade parameter (-g flag) because 4016 it is system-dependent. Problem noted by J.J. Bailey 4017 of Bailey Computer Consulting. 4018 Pyramid NILE running DC/OSx support from Earle F. Ake of 4019 Hassler Communication Systems Technology, Inc. 4020 HP-UX 10.x compile glitches, reported by Anne Brink of the 4021 U.S. Army and James Byrne of Harte & Lyne Limited. 4022 NetBSD from Matthew Green of the NetBSD crew. 4023 SCO 5.x from Keith Reynolds of SCO. 4024 IRIX 6.2 from Robert Tarrall of the University of 4025 Colorado and Kari Hurtta of the Finnish Meteorological 4026 Institute. 4027 UXP/DS (Fujitsu/ICL DS/90 series) support from Diego R. 4028 Lopez, CICA (Seville). 4029 NCR SVR4 MP-RAS 3.x support from Tom Moore of NCR. 4030 PTX 3.2.0 from Kenneth Stailey of the US Department of Labor 4031 Employment Standards Administration. 4032 Altos System V (5.3.1) from Tim Rice of Multitalents. 4033 Concurrent Systems Corporation Maxion from Donald R. Laster 4034 Jr. 4035 NetInfo maps (improved debugging and multi-valued aliases) 4036 from Adrian Steinmann of Steinmann Consulting. 4037 ConvexOS 11.5 (including SecureWare C2 and the Share Scheduler) 4038 from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 4039 Linux 2.0 mail.local patches from Horst von Brand. 4040 NEXTSTEP 3.x compilation from Robert La Ferla. 4041 NEXTSTEP 3.x code changes from Allan J. Nathanson of NeXT. 4042 Solaris 2.5 configuration fixes for mail.local by Jim Davis 4043 of the University of Arizona. 4044 Solaris 2.5 has a working setreuid. Noted by David Linn of 4045 Vanderbilt University. 4046 Solaris changes for praliases, makemap, mailstats, and smrsh. 4047 Previously you had to add -DSOLARIS in Makefile.dist; 4048 this auto-detects. Based on a patch from Randall 4049 Winchester of the University of Maryland. 4050 CONFIG: add generic-nextstep3.3.mc file. Contributed by 4051 Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 4052 CONFIG: allow mailertables to resolve to ``error:code message'' 4053 (where "code" is an exit status) on domains (previously 4054 worked only on hosts). Patch from Cor Bosman of Xs4all 4055 Foundation. 4056 CONFIG: hooks for IPv6-style domain literals. 4057 CONFIG: predefine ALIAS_FILE and change the prototype file so that 4058 if it is undefined the AliasFile option is never set; this 4059 should be transparent for most everyone. Suggested by John 4060 Myers of CMU. 4061 CONFIG: add FEATURE(limited_masquerade). Without this feature, any 4062 domain listed in $=w is masqueraded. With it, only those 4063 domains listed in a MASQUERADE_DOMAIN macro are masqueraded. 4064 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_entire_domain). This causes 4065 masquerading specified by MASQUERADE_DOMAIN to apply to all 4066 hosts under those domains as well as the domain headers 4067 themselves. For example, if a configuration had 4068 MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(foo.com), then without this feature only 4069 foo.com would be masqueraded; with it, *.foo.com would be 4070 masqueraded as well. Based on an implementation by Richard 4071 (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas. 4072 CONFIG: add FEATURE(genericstable) to do a more general rewriting of 4073 outgoing addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/genericstable''. 4074 Keys are user names; values are outgoing mail addresses. Yes, 4075 this does overlap with the user database, and figuring out 4076 just when to use which one may be tricky. Based on code 4077 contributed by Richard (Pug) Bainter of U. Texas with updates 4078 from Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4079 CONFIG: add FEATURE(virtusertable) to do generalized rewriting of 4080 incoming addresses. Defaults to ``hash -o /etc/virtusertable''. 4081 Keys are either fully qualified addresses or just the host 4082 part (with the @ sign). For example, a table containing: 4083 info@foo.com foo-info 4084 info@bar.com bar-info 4085 @baz.org jane@elsewhere.net 4086 would send all mail destined for info@foo.com to foo-info 4087 (which is presumably an alias), mail addressed to info@bar.com 4088 to bar-info, and anything addressed to anyone at baz.org will 4089 be sent to jane@elsewhere.net. The names foo.com, bar.com, 4090 and baz.org must all be in $=w. Based on discussions with 4091 a great many people. 4092 CONFIG: add nullclient configurations to define SMTP_MAILER_FLAGS. 4093 Suggested by Richard Bainter. 4094 CONFIG: add FAX_MAILER_ARGS to tweak the arguments passed to the 4095 "fax" mailer. 4096 CONFIG: allow mailertable entries to resolve to local:user; this 4097 passes the original user@host in to procmail-style local 4098 mailers as the "detail" information to allow them to do 4099 additional clever processing. From Joe Pruett of 4100 Teleport Corporation. Delivery to the original user can 4101 be done by specifying "local:" (with nothing after the colon). 4102 CONFIG: allow any context that takes "mailer:domain" to also take 4103 "mailer:user@domain" to force mailing to the given user; 4104 "local:user" can also be used to do local delivery. This 4105 applies on *_RELAY and in the mailertable entries. Based 4106 on a suggestion by Ribert Kiessling of Easynet. 4107 CONFIG: Allow FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to take an argument that 4108 limits the possible domains; this reduces the number of DNS 4109 lookups required to support this feature. For example, 4110 FEATURE(bestmx_is_local, my.site.com) limits the lookups 4111 to domains under my.site.com. Code contributed by Anthony 4112 Thyssen <anthony@cit.gu.edu.au>. 4113 CONFIG: LOCAL_RULESETS introduces any locally defined rulesets, 4114 such as the check_rcpt ruleset. Suggested by Gregory Shapiro 4115 of WPI. 4116 CONFIG: MAILER_DEFINITIONS introduces any mailer definitions, in the 4117 event you have to define local mailers. Suggested by 4118 Gregory Shapiro of WPI. 4119 CONFIG: fix cases where a three- (or more-) stage route-addr could 4120 be misinterpreted as a list:...; syntax. Based on a patch by 4121 Vlado Potisk <Vlado_Potisk@tempest.sk>. 4122 CONFIG: Fix masquerading of UUCP addresses when the UUCP relay is 4123 remotely connected. The address host!user was being 4124 converted to host!user@thishost instead of host!user@uurelay. 4125 Problem noted by William Gianopoulos of Raytheon Company. 4126 CONFIG: add confTO_ICONNECT to set Timeout.iconnect. 4127 CONFIG: change FEATURE(redirect) message from "User not local" to 4128 "User has moved"; the former wording was confusing if the 4129 new address is still on the local host. Based on a suggestion 4130 by Andreas Luik. 4131 CONFIG: add support in FEATURE(nullclient) for $=E (exposed users). 4132 However, the class is not pre-initialized to contain root. 4133 Suggested by Gregory Neil Shapiro. 4134 CONTRIB: Remove XLA code at the request of the author, Christophe 4135 Wolfhugel. 4136 CONTRIB: Add re-mqueue.pl, contributed by Paul Pomes of Qualcomm. 4137 MAIL.LOCAL: make it possible to compile mail.local on Solaris. Note 4138 well: this produces a slightly different mailbox format (no 4139 Content-Length: headers), file ownerships and modes are 4140 different (not owned by group mail; mode 600 instead of 660), 4141 and the local mailer flags will have to be tweaked (make them 4142 match bsd4.4) in order to use this mailer. Patches from Paul 4143 Hammann of the Missouri Research and Education Network. 4144 MAIL.LOCAL: in some cases it could return EX_OK even though there 4145 was a delivery error, such as if the ownership on the file 4146 was wrong or the mode changed between the initial stat and 4147 the open. Problem reported by William Colburn of the New 4148 Mexico Institute of Mining and Technology. 4149 MAILSTATS: handle zero length files more reliably. Patch from Bryan 4150 Costales. 4151 MAILSTATS: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 4152 MAKEMAP: The -d flag (to allow duplicate keys) to a btree map wasn't 4153 honored. Fix from Michael Scott Shappe. 4154 PRALIASES: add man page contributed by Keith Bostic of BSDI. 4155 NEW FILES: 4156 src/Makefiles/Makefile.AIX.2 4157 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.6.2 4158 src/Makefiles/Makefile.maxion 4159 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.3.x 4160 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.5.x 4161 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDSV20 4162 mailstats/mailstats.8 4163 praliases/praliases.8 4164 cf/cf/generic-nextstep3.3.mc 4165 cf/feature/genericstable.m4 4166 cf/feature/limited_masquerade.m4 4167 cf/feature/masquerade_entire_domain.m4 4168 cf/feature/virtusertable.m4 4169 cf/ostype/aix2.m4 4170 cf/ostype/altos.m4 4171 cf/ostype/maxion.m4 4172 cf/ostype/solaris2.ml.m4 4173 cf/ostype/uxpds.m4 4174 contrib/re-mqueue.pl 4175 DELETED FILES: 4176 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Solaris 4177 contrib/xla/README 4178 contrib/xla/xla.c 4179 RENAMED FILES: 4180 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NCR3000 => Makefile.NCR.MP-RAS.2.x 4181 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 => Makefile.SCO.4.2 4182 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS => Makefile.UXPDSV10 4183 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NeXT => Makefile.NeXT.2.x 4184 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP => Makefile.NeXT.3.x 4185 41868.7.6/8.7.3 1996/09/17 4187 SECURITY: It is possible to force getpwuid to fail when writing the 4188 queue file, causing sendmail to fall back to running programs 4189 as the default user. This is not exploitable from off-site. 4190 Workarounds include using a unique user for the DefaultUser 4191 (old u & g options) and using smrsh as the local shell. 4192 SECURITY: fix some buffer overruns; in at least one case this allows 4193 a local user to get root. This is not known to be exploitable 4194 from off-site. The workaround is to disable chfn(1) commands. 4195 41968.7.5/8.7.3 1996/03/04 4197 Fix glitch in 8.7.4 when putting certain internal lines; this can 4198 in some case cause connections to hang or messages to have 4199 extra spaces in odd places. Patch from Eric Wassenaar; 4200 reports from Eric Hall of Chiron Corporation, Stephen 4201 Hansen of Stanford University, Dean Gaudet of HotWired, 4202 and others. 4203 42048.7.4/8.7.3 1996/02/18 4205 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 4206 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 4207 any user (except root). 4208 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 4209 version number is unchanged. 4210 42118.7.3/8.7.3 1995/12/03 4212 Fix botch in name server timeout in RCPT code; this problem caused 4213 two responses in SMTP, which breaks things horribly. Fix 4214 from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4215 Verify that L= value on M lines cannot be negative, which could cause 4216 negative array subscripting. Not a security problem since 4217 this has to be in the config file, but it could have caused 4218 core dumps. Pointed out by Bryan Costales. 4219 Fix -d21 debug output for long macro names. Pointed out by Bryan 4220 Costales. 4221 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4222 SCO doesn't have ftruncate. From Bill Aten of Computerizers. 4223 IBM's version of arpa/nameser.h defaults to the wrong byte 4224 order. Tweak it to work properly. Based on fixes 4225 from Fletcher Mattox of UTexas and Betty Lee of 4226 Stanford University. 4227 CONFIG: add confHOSTS_FILE m4 variable to set HostsFile option. 4228 Deficiency pointed out by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 4229 42308.7.2/8.7.2 1995/11/19 4231 REALLY fix the backslash escapes in SmtpGreetingMessage, 4232 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine options. They were not 4233 properly repaired in 8.7.1. 4234 Completely delete the Bcc: header if and only if there are other 4235 valid recipient headers (To:, Cc: or Apparently-To:, the 4236 last being a historic botch, of course). If Bcc: is the 4237 only recipient header in the message, its value is tossed, 4238 but the header name is kept. The old behavior (always keep 4239 the header name and toss the value) allowed primary recipients 4240 to see that a Bcc: went to _someone_. 4241 Include queue id on ``Authentication-Warning: <host>: <user> set 4242 sender to <address> using -f'' syslog messages. Suggested 4243 by Kari Hurtta. 4244 If a sequence or switch map lookup entry gets a tempfail but then 4245 continues on to another map type, but the name is not found, 4246 return a temporary failure from the sequence or switch map. 4247 For example, if hosts search ``dns files'' and DNS fails 4248 with a tempfail, the hosts map will go on and search files, 4249 but if it fails the whole thing should be a tempfail, not 4250 a permanent (host unknown) failure, even though that is the 4251 failure in the hosts.files map. This error caused hard 4252 bounces when it should have requeued. 4253 Aliases to files such as /users/bar/foo/inbox, with /users/bar/foo 4254 owned by bar mode 700 and inbox being setuid bar stopped 4255 working properly due to excessive paranoia. Pointed out by 4256 John Hawkinson of Panix. 4257 An SMTP RCPT command referencing a host that gave a nameserver 4258 timeout would return a 451 command (8.6 accepted it and 4259 queued it locally). Revert to the 8.6 behavior in order 4260 to simplify queue management for clustered systems. Suggested 4261 by Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. The same problem could break 4262 MH, which assumes that the SMTP session will succeed (tsk, tsk 4263 -- mail gets lost!); this was pointed out by Stuart Pook of 4264 Infobiogen. 4265 Fix possible buffer overflow in munchstring(). This was not a security 4266 problem because you couldn't specify any argument to this 4267 without first giving up root privileges, but it is still a 4268 good idea to avoid future problems. Problem noted by John 4269 Hawkinson and Sam Hartman of MIT. 4270 ``452 Out of disk space for temp file'' messages weren't being 4271 printed. Fix from David Perlin of Nanosoft. 4272 Don't advertise the ESMTP DSN extension if the SendMimeErrors option 4273 is not set, since this is required to get the actual DSNs 4274 created. Problem pointed out by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 4275 Log permission problems that cause .forward and :include: files to 4276 be untrusted or ignored on log level 12 and higher. Suggested 4277 by Randy Martin of Clemson University. 4278 Allow user ids in U= clauses of M lines to have hyphens and 4279 underscores. 4280 Fix overcounting of recipients -- only happened when sending to an 4281 alias. Pointed out by Mark Andrews of SGI and Jack Woolley 4282 of Systems and Computer Technology Corporation. 4283 If a message is sent to an address that fails, the error message that 4284 is returned could show some extraneous "success" information 4285 included even if the user did not request success notification, 4286 which was confusing. Pointed out by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 4287 Config files that had no AliasFile definition were defaulting to 4288 using /etc/aliases; this caused problems with nullclient 4289 configurations. Change it back to the 8.6 semantics of 4290 having no local alias file unless it is declared. Problem 4291 noted by Charles Karney of Princeton University. 4292 Fix compile problem if NOTUNIX is defined. Pointed out by Bryan 4293 Costales of ICSI. 4294 Map lookups of class "userdb" maps were always case sensitive; they 4295 should be controlled by the -f flag like other maps. Pointed 4296 out by Bjart Kvarme <bjart.kvarme@usit.uio.no>. 4297 Fix problem that caused some addresses to be passed through ruleset 5 4298 even when they were tagged as "sticky" by prefixing the 4299 address with an "@". Patch from Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan 4300 Technological University. 4301 When converting a message to Quoted-Printable, prevent any lines with 4302 dots alone on a line by themselves. This is because of the 4303 preponderance of broken mailers that still get this wrong. 4304 Code contributed by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4305 Fix F{macro}/file construct -- it previously did nothing. Pointed 4306 out by Bjart Kvarme of USIT/UiO (Norway). 4307 Announce whether a cached connection is SMTP or ESMTP (in -v mode). 4308 Requested by Allan Johannesen. 4309 Delete check for text format of alias files -- it should be legal 4310 to have the database format of the alias files without the 4311 text version. Problem pointed out by Joe Rhett of Navigist, 4312 Inc. 4313 If "Ot" was specified with no value, the TZ variable was not properly 4314 imported from the environment. Pointed out by Frank Crawford 4315 <frank@ansto.gov.au>. 4316 Some architectures core dumped on "program" maps that didn't have 4317 extra arguments. Patch from Booker C. Bense of Stanford 4318 University. 4319 Queue run processes would re-spawn daemons when given a SIGHUP; only 4320 the parent should do this. Fix from Brian Coan of the 4321 Association for Progressive Communications. 4322 If MinQueueAge was set and a message was considered but not run 4323 during a queue run and the Timeout.queuereturn interval was 4324 reached, a "timed out" error message would be returned that 4325 didn't include the failed address (and claimed to be a warning 4326 even though it was fatal). The fix is to not return such 4327 messages until they are actually tried, i.e., in the next 4328 MinQueueAge interval. Problem noted by Rein Tollevik of 4329 SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 4330 Add HES_GETMAILHOST compile flag to support MIT Hesiod distributions 4331 that have the hes_getmailhost() routine. DEC Hesiod 4332 distributions do not have this routine. Based on a patch 4333 from Betty Lee of Stanford University. 4334 Extensive cleanups to map open code to handle a locking race condition 4335 in ndbm, hash, and btree format database files on some (most 4336 non-4.4-BSD based) OS architectures. This should solve the 4337 occasional "user unknown" problem during alias rebuilds that 4338 has plagued me for quite some time. Based on a patch from 4339 Thomas Dwyer III of Michigan Technological University. 4340 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4341 Solaris: Change location of newaliases and mailq from 4342 /usr/ucb to /usr/bin to match Sun settings. From 4343 James B. Davis of TCI. 4344 DomainOS: Makefile.DomainOS doesn't require -ldbm. From 4345 Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 4346 HP-UX 10: rename Makefile.HP-UX.10 => Makefile.HP-UX.10.x 4347 so that the makesendmail script will find it. Pointed 4348 out by Richard Allen of the University of Iceland. 4349 Also, use -Aa -D_HPUX_SOURCE instead of -Ae, which 4350 isn't supported on all compilers. 4351 UXPDS: compilation fixes from Diego R. Lopez. 4352 CONFIG: FAX mailer wasn't setting .FAX as a pseudo-domain unless 4353 you also had a FAX_RELAY. From Thomas.Tornblom@Hax.SE. 4354 CONFIG: Minor glitch in S21 -- attachment of local domain name 4355 didn't have trailing dot. From Jim Hickstein of Teradyne. 4356 CONFIG: Fix best_mx_is_local feature to allow nested addresses such as 4357 user%host@thishost. From Claude Scarpelli of Infobiogen 4358 (France). 4359 CONFIG: OSTYPE(hpux10) failed to define the location of the help file. 4360 Pointed out by Hannu Martikka of Nokia Telecommunications. 4361 CONFIG: Diagnose some inappropriate ordering in configuration files, 4362 such as FEATURE(smrsh) listed after MAILER(local). Based on 4363 a bug report submitted by Paul Hoffman of Proper Publishing. 4364 CONFIG: Make OSTYPE files consistently not override settings that 4365 have already been set. Previously it worked differently 4366 for different files. 4367 CONFIG: Change relay mailer to do masquerading like 8.6 did. My take 4368 is that this is wrong, but the change was causing problems 4369 for some people. From Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4370 CONTRIB: bitdomain.c patch from John Gardiner Myers <jgm+@CMU.EDU>; 4371 portability changes for Posix environments (no functional 4372 changes). 4373 43748.7.1/8.7.1 1995/10/01 4375 Old macros that have become options (SmtpGreetingMessage, 4376 OperatorChars, and UnixFromLine) didn't allow backslash 4377 escapes in the options, where they previously had. Bug 4378 pointed out by John Hawkinson of MIT. 4379 Fix strange case of an executable called by a program map that 4380 returns a value but also a non-zero exit status; this 4381 would give contradictory results in the higher level; in 4382 particular, the default clause in the map lookup would be 4383 ignored. Change to ignore the value if the program returns 4384 non-zero exit status. From Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 4385 Shorten parameters passed to syslog() in some contexts to avoid a 4386 bug in many vendors' implementations of that routine. Although 4387 this isn't really a bug in sendmail per se, and my solution 4388 has to assume that syslog() has at least a 1K buffer size 4389 internally (I know some vendors have shortened this 4390 dramatically -- they're on their own), sendmail is a popular 4391 target. Also, limit the size of %s arguments in sprintf. 4392 These both have possible security implications. Solutions 4393 suggested by Casper Dik of Sun's Network Security Group 4394 (Holland), Mark Seiden, and others. 4395 Fix a problem that might cause a non-standard -B (body type) 4396 parameter to be passed to the next server with undefined 4397 results. This could have security implications. 4398 If a filesystem was at > 100% utilization, the freediskspace() 4399 routine incorrectly returned an error rather than zero. 4400 Problem noted by G. Paul Ziemba of Alantec. 4401 Change MX sort order so that local hostnames (those in $=w) always 4402 sort first within a given preference. This forces the bestmx 4403 map to always return the local host first, if it is included 4404 in the list of highest priority MX records. From K. Robert 4405 Elz. 4406 Avoid some possible null pointer dereferences. Fixes from Randy 4407 Martin <WOLF@CLEMSON.EDU> 4408 When sendmail starts up on systems that have no fully qualified 4409 domain name (FQDN) anywhere in the first matching host map 4410 (e.g., /etc/hosts if the hosts service searches "files dns"), 4411 sendmail would sleep to try to find a FQDN, which it really 4412 really needs. This has been changed to fall through to the 4413 next map type if it can't find a FQDN -- i.e., if the hosts 4414 file doesn't have a FQDN, it will try dns even though the 4415 short name was found in /etc/hosts. This is probably a crock, 4416 but many people have hosts files without FQDNs. Remember: 4417 domain names are your friends. 4418 Log a high-priority message if you can't find your FQDN during startup. 4419 Suggested by Simon Barnes of Schlumberger Limited. 4420 When using Hesiod, initialize it early to improve error reporting. 4421 Patch from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems, Inc. 4422 Apparently at least some versions of Linux have a 90 !minute! TCP 4423 connection timeout in the kernel. Add a new "connect" timeout 4424 to limit this time. Defaults to zero (use whatever the 4425 kernel provides). Based on code contributed by J.R. Oldroyd 4426 of TerraNet. 4427 Under some circumstances, a failed message would not be properly 4428 removed from the queue, causing tons of bogus error messages. 4429 (This fix eliminates the problematic EF_KEEPQUEUE flag.) 4430 Problem noted by Allan E Johannesen and Gregory Neil Shapiro 4431 of WPI. 4432 PORTABILITY FIXES: 4433 On IRIX 5.x, there was an inconsistency in the setting 4434 of sendmail.st location. Change the Makefile to 4435 install it in /var/sendmail.st to match the OSTYPE 4436 file and SGI standards. From Andre 4437 <andre@curry.zfe.siemens.de>. 4438 Support for Fujitsu/ICL UXP/DS (For the DS/90 Series) 4439 from Diego R. Lopez <drlopez@cica.es>. 4440 Linux compilation patches from J.R. Oldroyd of TerraNet, Inc. 4441 LUNA 2 Mach patches from Motonori Nakamura. 4442 SunOS Makefile was including -ldbm, which is for the old 4443 dbm library. The ndbm library is part of libc. 4444 CONFIG: avoid bouncing ``user@host.'' (note trailing dot) with 4445 ``local configuration error'' in nullclient configuration. 4446 Patch from Gregory Neil Shapiro of WPI. 4447 CONFIG: don't allow an alias file in nullclient configurations -- 4448 since all addresses are relayed, they give errors during 4449 rebuild. Suggested by Per Hedeland of Ericsson. 4450 CONFIG: local mailer on Solaris 2 should always get a -f flag because 4451 otherwise the F=S causes the From_ line to imply that root is 4452 the sender. Problem pointed out by Claude Scarpelli of 4453 Infobiogen (France). 4454 NEW FILES: 4455 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 4456 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR (omitted from 8.7 by mistake) 4457 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UXPDS 4458 44598.7/8.7 1995/09/16 4460 Fix a problem that could cause sendmail to run out of file 4461 descriptors due to a trashed data structure after a 4462 vfork. Fix from Brian Coan of the Institute for 4463 Global Communications. 4464 Change the VRFY response if you have disabled VRFY -- some 4465 people seemed to think that it was too rude. 4466 Avoid reference to uninitialized file descriptor if HASFLOCK 4467 was not defined. This was used "safely" in the sense 4468 that it only did a stat, but it would have set the 4469 map modification time improperly. Problem pointed out 4470 by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech. 4471 Clean up the Subject: line on warning messages and return 4472 receipts so that they don't say "Returned mail:"; this 4473 can be confusing. 4474 Move ruleset entry/exit debugging from 21.2 to 21.1 -- this is 4475 useful enough to make it worthwhile printing on "-d". 4476 Avoid logging alias statistics every time you read the alias 4477 file on systems with no database method compiled in. 4478 If you have a name with a trailing dot, and you try looking it 4479 up using gethostbyname without the dot (for /etc/hosts 4480 compatibility), be sure to turn off RES_DEFNAMES and 4481 RES_DNSRCH to avoid finding the wrong name accidentally. 4482 Problem noted by Charles Amos of the University of 4483 Maryland. 4484 Don't do timeouts in collect if you are not running SMTP. 4485 There is nothing that says you can't have a long 4486 running program piped into sendmail (possibly via 4487 /bin/mail, which just execs sendmail). Problem reported 4488 by Don "Truck" Lewis of Silicon Systems. 4489 Try gethostbyname() even if the DNS lookup fails iff option I 4490 is not set. This allows you to have hosts listed in 4491 NIS or /etc/hosts that are not known to DNS. It's normally 4492 a bad idea, but can be useful on firewall machines. This 4493 should really be broken out on a separate flag, I suppose. 4494 Avoid compile warnings against BIND 4.9.3, which uses function 4495 prototypes. From Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 4496 Avoid possible incorrect diagnosis of DNS-related errors caused 4497 by things like attempts to resolve uucp names using 4498 $[ ... $] -- the fix is to clear h_errno at appropriate 4499 times. From Kyle Jones of UUNET. 4500 SECURITY: avoid denial-of-service attacks possible by destroying 4501 the alias database file by setting resource limits low. 4502 This involves adding two new compile-time options: 4503 HASSETRLIMIT (indicating that setrlimit(2) support is 4504 available) and HASULIMIT (indicating that ulimit(2) support 4505 is available -- the Release 3 form is used). The former 4506 is assumed on BSD-based systems, the latter on System 4507 V-based systems. Attack noted by Phil Brandenberger of 4508 Swarthmore University. 4509 New syntaxes in test (-bt) mode: 4510 ``.Dmvalue'' will define macro "m" to "value". 4511 ``.Ccvalue'' will add "value" to class "c". 4512 ``=Sruleset'' will dump the contents of the indicated 4513 ruleset. 4514 ``=M'' will display the known mailers. 4515 ``-ddebug-spec'' is equivalent to the command-line 4516 -d debug flag. 4517 ``$m'' will print the value of macro $m. 4518 ``$=c'' will print the contents of class $=c. 4519 ``/mx host'' returns the MX records for ``host''. 4520 ``/parse address'' will parse address, returning the value of 4521 crackaddr (essentially, the comment information) 4522 and the parsed address. 4523 ``/try mailer address'' will rewrite address into the form 4524 it will have when presented to the indicated mailer. 4525 ``/tryflags flags'' will set flags used by parsing. The 4526 flags can be `H' for header or `E' for envelope, 4527 and `S' for sender or `R' for recipient. These 4528 can be combined, so `HR' sets flags for header 4529 recipients. 4530 ``/canon hostname'' will try to canonify hostname and 4531 return the result. 4532 ``/map mapname key'' will look up `key' in the indicated 4533 `mapname' and return the result. 4534 Somewhat better handling of UNIX-domain socket addresses -- it 4535 should show the pathname rather than hex bytes. 4536 Restore ``-ba'' mode -- this reads a file from stdin and parses 4537 the header for envelope sender information and uses 4538 CR-LF as message terminators. It was thought to be 4539 obsolete (used only for Arpanet NCP protocols), but it 4540 turns out that the UK ``Grey Book'' protocols require 4541 that functionality. 4542 Fix a fix in previous release -- if gethostname and gethostbyname 4543 return a name without dots, and if an attempt to canonify 4544 that name fails, wait one minute and try again. This can 4545 result in an extra 60 second delay on startup if your system 4546 hostname (as returned by hostname(1)) has no dot and no names 4547 listed in /etc/hosts or your NIS map have a dot. 4548 Check for proper domain name on HELO and EHLO commands per 4549 RFC 1123 section 5.2.5. Problem noted by Thomas Dwyer III 4550 of Michigan Technological University. 4551 Relax chownsafe rules slightly -- old version said that if you 4552 can't tell if _POSIX_CHOWN_RESTRICTED is set (that is, 4553 if fpathconf returned EINVAL or ENOSYS), assume that 4554 chown is not safe. The new version falls back to whether 4555 you are on a BSD system or not. This is important for 4556 SunOS, which apparently always returns one of those 4557 error codes. This impacts whether you can mail to files 4558 or not. 4559 Syntax errors such as unbalanced parentheses in the configuration 4560 file could be omitted if you had "Oem" prior to the 4561 syntax error in the config file. Change to always print 4562 the error message. It was especially weird because it 4563 would cause a "warning" message to be sent to the Postmaster 4564 for every message sent (but with no transcript). Problem 4565 noted by Gregory Paris of Motorola. 4566 Rewrite collect and putbody to handle full 8-bit data, including 4567 zero bytes. These changes are internally extensive, but 4568 should have minimal impact on external function. 4569 Allow full words for option names -- if the option letter is 4570 (apparently) a space, then take the word following -- e.g., 4571 O MatchGECOS=TRUE 4572 The full list of old and new names is as follows: 4573 7 SevenBitInput 4574 8 EightBitMode 4575 A AliasFile 4576 a AliasWait 4577 B BlankSub 4578 b MinFreeBlocks/MaxMessageSize 4579 C CheckpointInterval 4580 c HoldExpensive 4581 D AutoRebuildAliases 4582 d DeliveryMode 4583 E ErrorHeader 4584 e ErrorMode 4585 f SaveFromLine 4586 F TempFileMode 4587 G MatchGECOS 4588 H HelpFile 4589 h MaxHopCount 4590 i IgnoreDots 4591 I ResolverOptions 4592 J ForwardPath 4593 j SendMimeErrors 4594 k ConnectionCacheSize 4595 K ConnectionCacheTimeout 4596 L LogLevel 4597 l UseErrorsTo 4598 m MeToo 4599 n CheckAliases 4600 O DaemonPortOptions 4601 o OldStyleHeaders 4602 P PostmasterCopy 4603 p PrivacyOptions 4604 Q QueueDirectory 4605 q QueueFactor 4606 R DontPruneRoutes 4607 r, T Timeout 4608 S StatusFile 4609 s SuperSafe 4610 t TimeZoneSpec 4611 u DefaultUser 4612 U UserDatabaseSpec 4613 V FallbackMXHost 4614 v Verbose 4615 w TryNullMXList 4616 x QueueLA 4617 X RefuseLA 4618 Y ForkEachJob 4619 y RecipientFactor 4620 z ClassFactor 4621 Z RetryFactor 4622 The old macros that passed information into sendmail have 4623 been changed to options; those correspondences are: 4624 $e SmtpGreetingMessage 4625 $l UnixFromLine 4626 $o OperatorChars 4627 $q (deleted -- not necessary) 4628 To avoid possible problems with an older sendmail, 4629 configuration level 6 is accepted by this version of 4630 sendmail; any config file using the new names should 4631 specify "V6" in the configuration. 4632 Change address parsing to properly note that a phrase before a 4633 colon and a trailing semicolon are essentially the same 4634 as text outside of angle brackets (i.e., sendmail should 4635 treat them as comments). This is to handle the 4636 ``group name: addr1, addr2, ..., addrN;'' syntax (it will 4637 assume that ``group name:'' is a comment on the first 4638 address and the ``;'' is a comment on the last address). 4639 This requires config file support to get right. It does 4640 understand that :: is NOT this syntax, and can be turned 4641 off completely by setting the ColonOkInAddresses option. 4642 Level 6 config files added with new mailer flags: 4643 A Addresses are aliasable. 4644 i Do udb rewriting on envelope as well as header 4645 sender lines. Applies to the from address mailer 4646 flags rather than the recipient mailer flags. 4647 j Do udb rewriting on header recipient addresses. 4648 Applies to the sender mailer flags rather than the 4649 recipient mailer flags. 4650 k Disable check for loops when doing HELO command. 4651 o Always run as the mail recipient, even on local 4652 delivery. 4653 w Check for an /etc/passwd entry for this user. 4654 5 Pass addresses through ruleset 5. 4655 : Check for :include: on this address. 4656 | Check for |program on this address. 4657 / Check for /file on this address. 4658 @ Look up sender header addresses in the user 4659 database. Applies to the mailer flags for the 4660 mailer corresponding to the envelope sender 4661 address, rather than to recipient mailer flags. 4662 Pre-level 6 configuration files set A, w, 5, :, |, /, and @ 4663 on the "local" mailer, the o flag on the "prog" and "*file*" 4664 mailers, and the ColonOkInAddresses option. 4665 Eight-to-seven bit MIME conversions. This borrows ideas from 4666 John Beck of Hewlett-Packard, who generously contributed 4667 their implementation to me, which I then didn't use (see 4668 mime.c for an explanation of why). This adds the 4669 EightBitMode option (a.k.a. `8') and an F=8 mailer flag 4670 to control handling of 8-bit data. These have to cope with 4671 two types of 8-bit data: unlabelled 8-bit data (that is, 4672 8-bit data that is entered without declaring it as 8-bit 4673 MIME -- technically this is illegal according to the 4674 specs) and labelled 8-bit data (that is, it was declared 4675 as 8BITMIME in the ESMTP session or by using the 4676 -B8BITMIME command line flag). If the F=8 mailer flag is 4677 set then 8-bit data is sent to non-8BITMIME machines 4678 instead of converting to 7 bit (essentially using 4679 just-send-8 semantics). The values for EightBitMode are: 4680 m convert unlabelled 8-bit input to 8BITMIME, and do 4681 any necessary conversion of 8BITMIME to 7BIT 4682 (essentially, the full MIME option). 4683 p pass unlabelled 8-bit input, but convert labelled 4684 8BITMIME input to 7BIT as required (default). 4685 s strict adherence: reject unlabelled 8-bit input, 4686 convert 8BITMIME to 7BIT as required. The F=8 4687 flag is ignored. 4688 Unlabelled 8-bit data is rejected in mode `s' regardless of 4689 the setting of F=8. 4690 Add new internal class 'n', which is the set of MIME Content-Types 4691 which can not be 8 to 7 bit encoded because of other 4692 considerations. Types "multipart/*" and "message/*" are 4693 never directly encoded (although their components can be). 4694 Add new internal class 's', which is the set of subtypes of the 4695 MIME message/* content type that can be treated as though 4696 they are an RFC822 message. It is predefined to have 4697 "rfc822". Suggested By Kari Hurtta. 4698 Add new internal class 'e'. This is the set of MIME 4699 Content-Transfer-Encodings that can be converted to 4700 a seven bit format (Quoted-Printable or Base64). It is 4701 preinitialized to contain "7bit", "8bit", and "binary". 4702 Add C=charset mailer parameter and the the DefaultCharSet option (no 4703 short name) to set the default character set to use in the 4704 Content-Type: header when doing encoding of an 8-bit message 4705 which isn't marked as MIME into MIME format. If the C= 4706 parameter is set on the Envelope From address, use that as 4707 the default encoding; else use the DefaultCharSet option. 4708 If neither is set, it defaults to "unknown-8bit" as 4709 suggested by RFC 1428 section 3. 4710 Allow ``U=user:group'' field in mailer definition to set a default 4711 user and group that a mailer will be executed as. This 4712 overrides the 'u' and 'g' options, and if the `F=S' flag is 4713 also set, it is the uid/gid that will always be used (that 4714 is, the controlling address is ignored). The values may be 4715 numeric or symbolic; if only a symbolic user is given (no 4716 group) that user's default group in the passwd file is used 4717 as the group. Based on code donated by Chip Rosenthal of 4718 Unicom. 4719 Allow `u' option to also accept user:group as a value, in the same 4720 fashion as the U= mailer option. 4721 Add the symbolic time zone name in the Arpanet format dates (as 4722 a comment). This adds a new compile-time configuration 4723 flag: TZ_TYPE can be set to TZ_TM_NAME (use the value 4724 of (struct tm *)->tm_name), TZ_TM_ZONE (use the value 4725 of (struct tm *)->tm_zone), TZ_TZNAME (use extern char 4726 *tzname[(struct tm *)->tm_isdst]), TZ_TIMEZONE (use 4727 timezone()), or TZ_NONE (don't include the comment). Code 4728 from Chip Rosenthal. 4729 The "Timeout" option (formerly "r") is extended to allow suboptions. 4730 For example, 4731 O Timeout.helo = 2m 4732 There are also two new suboptions "queuereturn" and 4733 "queuewarn"; these subsume the old T option. Thus, to 4734 set them both the preferred new syntax is 4735 O Timeout.queuereturn = 5d 4736 O Timeout.queuewarn = 4h 4737 Sort queue by host name instead of by message priority if the 4738 QueueSortOrder option (no short name) is set is set to 4739 ``host''. This makes better use of the connection cache, 4740 but may delay more ``interactive'' messages behind large 4741 backlogs under some circumstances. This is probably a 4742 good option if you have high speed links or don't do lots 4743 of ``batch'' messages, but less good if you are using 4744 something like PPP on a 14.4 modem. Based on code 4745 contributed by Roy Mongiovi of Georgia Tech (my main 4746 contribution was to make it configurable). 4747 Save i-number of df file in qf file to simplify rebuilding of queue 4748 after disastrous disk crash. Suggested by Kyle Jones of 4749 UUNET; closely based on code from KJS DECWRL code written 4750 by Paul Vixie. NOTA BENE: The qf files produced by 8.7 4751 are NOT back compatible with 8.6 -- that is, you can convert 4752 from 8.6 to 8.7, but not the other direction. 4753 Add ``F=d'' mailer flag to disable all use of angle brackets in 4754 route-addrs in envelopes; this is because in some cases 4755 they can be sent to the shell, which interprets them as 4756 I/O redirection. 4757 Don't include error file (option E) with return-receipts; this 4758 can be confusing. 4759 Don't send "Warning: cannot send" messages to owner-* or 4760 *-request addresses. Suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel 4761 of the Institut Pasteur, Paris. 4762 Allow -O command line flag to set long form options. 4763 Add "MinQueueAge" option to set the minimum time between attempts 4764 to run the queue. For example, if the queue interval 4765 (-q value) is five minutes, but the minimum queue age 4766 is fifteen minutes, jobs won't be tried more often than 4767 once every fifteen minutes. This can be used to give 4768 you more responsiveness if your delivery mode is set to 4769 queue-only. 4770 Allow "fileopen" timeout (default: 60 seconds) for opening 4771 :include: and .forward files. 4772 Add "-k", "-v", and "-z" flags to map definitions; these set the 4773 key field name, the value field name, and the field 4774 delimiter. The field delimiter can be a single character 4775 or the sequence "\t" or "\n" for tab or newline. 4776 These are for use by NIS+ and similar access methods. 4777 Change maps to always strip quotes before lookups; the -q flag 4778 turns off this behavior. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 4779 Add "nisplus" map class. Takes -k and -v flags to choose the 4780 key and value field names respectively. Code donated by 4781 Sun Microsystems. 4782 Add "hesiod" map class. The "file name" is used as the 4783 "HesiodNameType" parameter to hes_resolve(3). Returns the 4784 first value found for the match. Code donated by Scott 4785 Hutton of Indiana University. 4786 Add "netinfo" (NeXT NetInfo) map class. Maps can have a -k flag to 4787 specify the name of the property that is searched as the 4788 key and a -v flag to specify the name of the property that 4789 is returned as the value (defaults to "members"). The 4790 default map is "/aliases". Some code based on code 4791 contributed by Robert La Ferla of Hot Software. 4792 Add "text" map class. This does slow, linear searches through 4793 text files. The -z flag specifies a column delimiter 4794 (defaults to any sequence of white space), the -k flag 4795 sets the key column number, and the -v flag sets the 4796 value column number. Lines beginning with `#' are treated 4797 as comments. 4798 Add "program" map class to execute arbitrary programs. The search 4799 key is presented as the last argument; the output is one 4800 line read from the programs standard output. Exit statuses 4801 are from sysexits.h. 4802 Add "sequence" map class -- searches maps in sequence until it 4803 finds a match. For example, the declarations: 4804 Kmap1 ... 4805 Kmap2 ... 4806 Kmapseq sequence map1 map2 4807 defines a map "mapseq" that first searches map1; if the 4808 value is found it is returned immediately, otherwise 4809 map2 is searched and the value returned. 4810 Add "switch" map class. This is much like "sequence" except that 4811 the ordering is fetched from an external file, usually 4812 the system service switch. The parameter is the name of 4813 the service to switch on, and the maps that it will use 4814 are the name of the switch map followed by ".service_type". 4815 For example, if the declaration of the map is 4816 Ksample switch hosts 4817 and the system service switch specifies that hosts are 4818 looked up using dns and nis in that order, then this is 4819 equivalent to 4820 Ksample sequence sample.dns sample.nis 4821 The subordinate maps (sample.*) must already be defined. 4822 Add "user" map class -- looks up users using getpwnam. Takes a 4823 "-v field" flag on the definition that tells what passwd 4824 entry to return -- legal values are name, passwd, uid, gid, 4825 gecos, dir, and shell. Generally expected to be used with 4826 the -m (matchonly) flag. 4827 Add "bestmx" map class -- returns the best MX value for the host 4828 listed as the value. If there are several "best" MX records 4829 for this host, one will be chosen at random. 4830 Add "userdb" map class -- looks up entries in the user database. 4831 The "file name" is actually the tag that will be used, 4832 typically "mailname". If there are multiple entries 4833 matching the name, the one chosen is undefined. 4834 Add multiple queue timeouts (both return and warning). These are 4835 set by the Precedence: or Priority: header fields to one of 4836 three values. If a Priority: is set and has value "normal", 4837 "urgent", or "non-urgent" the corresponding timeouts are 4838 used. If no priority is set, the Precedence: is consulted; 4839 if negative, non-urgent timeouts are used; if greater than 4840 zero, urgent timeouts are used. Otherwise, normal timeouts 4841 are used. The timeouts are set by setting the six timeouts 4842 queue{warn,return}.{urgent,normal,non-urgent}. 4843 Fix problem when a mail address is resolved to a $#error mailer 4844 with a temporary failure indication; it works in SMTP, 4845 but when delivering locally the mail is silently discarded. 4846 This patch, from Kyle Jones of UUNET, bounces it instead 4847 of queueing it (queueing is very hard). 4848 When using /etc/hosts or NIS-style lookups, don't assume that 4849 the first name in the list is the best one -- instead, 4850 search for the first one with a dot. For example, if 4851 an /etc/hosts entry reads 4852 128.32.149.68 mammoth mammoth.CS.Berkeley.EDU 4853 this change will use the second name as the canonical 4854 machine name instead of the initial, unqualified name. 4855 Change dequote map to replace spaces in quoted text with a value 4856 indicated by the -s flag on the dequote map definition. 4857 For example, ``Mdequote dequote -s_'' will change 4858 "Foo Bar" into an unquoted Foo_Bar instead of leaving it 4859 quoted (because of the space character). Suggested by Dan 4860 Oscarsson for use in X.400 addresses. 4861 Implement long macro names as ${name}; long class names can 4862 be similarly referenced as $={name} and $~{name}. 4863 Definitions are (e.g.) ``D{name}value''. Names that have 4864 a leading lower case letter or punctuation characters are 4865 reserved for internal use by sendmail; i.e., config files 4866 should use names that begin with a capital letter. Based 4867 on code contributed by Dan Oscarsson. 4868 Fix core dump if getgrgid returns a null group list (as opposed 4869 to an empty group list, that is, a pointer to a list 4870 with no members). Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 4871 Fix possible core dump if malloc fails -- if the malloc in xalloc 4872 failed, it called syserr which called newstr which called 4873 xalloc.... The newstr is now avoided for "panic" messages. 4874 Reported by Stuart Kemp of James Cook University. 4875 Improve connection cache timeouts; previously, they were not even 4876 checked if you were delivering to anything other than an 4877 IPC-connected host, so a series of (say) local mail 4878 deliveries could cause cached connections to be open 4879 much longer than the specified timeout. 4880 If an incoming message exceeds the maximum message size, stop 4881 writing the incoming bytes to the queue data file, since 4882 this can fill your mqueue partition -- this is a possible 4883 denial-of-service attack. 4884 Don't reject all numeric local user names unless HESIOD is 4885 defined. It turns out that Posix allows all-numeric 4886 user names. Fix from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 4887 Add service switch support. If the local OS has a service 4888 switch (e.g., /etc/nsswitch.conf on Solaris or /etc/svc.conf 4889 on DEC systems) that will be used; otherwise, it falls back 4890 to using a local mechanism based on the ServiceSwitchFile 4891 option (default: /etc/service.switch). For example, if the 4892 service switch lists "files" and "nis" for the aliases 4893 service, that will be the default lookup order. the "files" 4894 ("local" on DEC) service type expands to any alias files 4895 you listed in the configuration file, even if they aren't 4896 actually file lookups. 4897 Option I (NameServerOptions) no longer sets the "UseNameServer" 4898 variable which tells whether or not DNS should be considered 4899 canonical. This is now determined based on whether or not 4900 "dns" is in the service list for "hosts". 4901 Add preliminary support for the ESMTP "DSN" extension (Delivery 4902 Status Notifications). DSN notifications override 4903 Return-Receipt-To: headers, which are bogus anyhow -- 4904 support for them has been removed. 4905 Add T=mts-name-type/address-type/diagnostic-type keyletter to mailer 4906 definitions to define the types used in DSN returns for 4907 MTA names, addresses, and diagnostics respectively. 4908 Extend heuristic to force running in ESMTP mode to look for the 4909 five-character string "ESMTP" anywhere in the 220 greeting 4910 message (not just the second line). This is to provide 4911 better compatibility with other ESMTP servers. 4912 Print sequence number of job when running the queue so you can 4913 easily see how much progress you have made. Suggested 4914 by Peter Wemm of DIALix. 4915 Map newlines to spaces in logged message-ids; some versions of 4916 syslog truncate the rest of the line after newlines. 4917 Suggested by Fletcher Mattox of U. Texas. 4918 Move up forking for job runs so that if a message is split into 4919 multiple envelopes you don't get "fork storms" -- this 4920 also improves the connection cache utilization. 4921 Accept "<<>>", "<<<>>>", and so forth as equivalent to "<>" for 4922 the purposes of refusing to send error returns. Suggested 4923 by Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan University. 4924 Relax rules on when a file can be written when referenced from 4925 the aliases file: use the default uid/gid instead of the 4926 real uid/gid. This allows you to create a file owned by 4927 and writable only by the default uid/gid that will work 4928 all the time (without having the setuid bit set). Change 4929 suggested by Shau-Ping Lo and Andrew Cheng of Sun 4930 Microsystems. 4931 Add "DialDelay" option (no short name) to provide an "extra" 4932 delay for dial on demand systems. If this is non-zero 4933 and a connect fails, sendmail will wait this long and 4934 then try again. If it takes longer than the kernel 4935 timeout interval to establish the connection, this 4936 option can give the network software time to establish 4937 the link. The default units are seconds. 4938 Move logging of sender information to be as early as possible; 4939 previously, it could be delayed a while for SMTP mail 4940 sent to aliases. Suggested by Brad Knowles of the 4941 Defense Information Systems Agency. 4942 Call res_init() before setting RES_DEBUG; this is required by 4943 BIND 4.9.3, or so I'm told. From Douglas Anderson of 4944 the National Computer Security Center. 4945 Add xdelay= field in logs -- this is a transaction delay, telling 4946 you how long it took to deliver to this address on the 4947 last try. It is intended to be used for sorting mailing 4948 lists to favor "quick" addresses. Provided for use by 4949 the mailprio scripts (see below). 4950 If a map cannot be opened, and that map is non-optional, and 4951 an address requires that map for resolution, queue the 4952 map instead of bouncing it. This involves creating a 4953 pseudo-class of maps called "bogus-map" -- if a required 4954 map cannot be opened, the class is changed to bogus-map; 4955 all queries against bogus-map return "tempfail". The 4956 bogus-map class is not directly accessible. A sample 4957 implementation was donated by Jem Taylor of Glasgow 4958 University Computing Service. 4959 Fix a possible core dump when mailing to a program that talks 4960 SMTP on its standard input. Fix from Keith Moore of 4961 the University of Kentucky. 4962 Make it possible to resolve filenames to $#local $: @ /filename; 4963 previously, the "@" would cause it to not be recognized 4964 as a file. Problem noted by Brian Hill of U.C. Davis. 4965 Accept a -1 signal to re-exec the daemon. This only works if 4966 argv[0] is a full path to sendmail. 4967 Fix bug in "addr=..." field in O option on little-endian machines 4968 -- the network number wasn't being converted to network 4969 byte order. Patch from Kurt Lidl of Pix Technologies 4970 Corporation. 4971 Pre-initialize the resolver early on; this is to avoid a bug with 4972 BIND 4.9.3 that can cause the _res.retry field to get 4973 reset to zero, causing all name server lookups to time 4974 out. Fix from Matt Day of Artisoft. 4975 Restore T line (trusted users) in config file -- but instead of 4976 locking out the -f flag, they just tell whether or not 4977 an X-Authentication-Warning: will be added. This really 4978 just creates new entries in class 't', so "Ft/file/name" 4979 can be used to read trusted user names from a file. 4980 Trusted users are also allowed to execute programs even 4981 if they have a shell that isn't in /etc/shells. 4982 Improve NEWDB alias file rebuilding so it will create them 4983 properly if they do not already exist. This had been 4984 a MAYBENEXTRELEASE feature in 8.6.9. 4985 Check for @:@ entry in NIS maps before starting up to avoid 4986 (but not prevent, sigh) race conditions. This ought to 4987 be handled properly in ypserv, but isn't. Suggested by 4988 Michael Beirne of Motorola. 4989 Refuse connections if there isn't enough space on the filesystem 4990 holding the queue. Contributed by Robert Dana of Wolf 4991 Communications. 4992 Skip checking for directory permissions in the path to a file 4993 when checking for file permissions iff setreuid() 4994 succeeded -- it is unnecessary in that case. This avoids 4995 significant performance problems when looking for .forward 4996 files. Based on a suggestion by Win Bent of USC. 4997 Allow symbolic ruleset names. Syntax can be "Sname" to get an 4998 arbitrary ruleset number assigned or "Sname = integer" 4999 to assign a specific ruleset number. Reference is 5000 $>name_or_number. Names can be composed of alphas, digits, 5001 underscore, or hyphen (first character must be non-numeric). 5002 Allow -o flag on AliasFile lines to make the alias file optional. 5003 From Bryan Costales of ICSI. 5004 Add NoRecipientAction option to handle the case where there is 5005 no legal recipient header in the message. It can take 5006 on values: 5007 None Leave the message as is. The 5008 message will be passed on even 5009 though it is in technically 5010 illegal syntax. 5011 Add-To Add a To: header with any 5012 recipients that it can find from 5013 the envelope. This risks exposing 5014 Bcc: recipients. 5015 Add-Apparently-To Add an Apparently-To: header. This 5016 has almost no redeeming social value, 5017 and is provided only for back 5018 compatibility. 5019 Add-To-Undisclosed Add a header reading 5020 To: undisclosed-recipients:; 5021 which will have the effect of 5022 making the message legal without 5023 exposing Bcc: recipients. 5024 Add-Bcc To add an empty Bcc: header. 5025 There is a chance that mailers down 5026 the line will delete this header, 5027 which could cause exposure of Bcc: 5028 recipients. 5029 The default is NoRecipientAction=None. 5030 Truncate (rather than delete) Bcc: lines in the header. This 5031 should prevent later sendmails (at least, those that don't 5032 themselves delete Bcc:) from considering this message to 5033 be non-conforming -- although it does imply that non-blind 5034 recipients can see that a Bcc: was sent, albeit not to whom. 5035 Add SafeFileEnvironment option. If declared, files named as delivery 5036 targets must be regular files in addition to the regular 5037 checks. Also, if the option is non-null then it is used as 5038 the name of a directory that is used as a chroot(2) 5039 environment for the delivery; the file names listed in an 5040 alias or forward should include the name of this root. 5041 For example, if you run with 5042 O SafeFileEnvironment=/arch 5043 then aliases should reference "/arch/rest/of/path". If a 5044 value is given, sendmail also won't try to save to 5045 /usr/tmp/dead.letter (instead it just leaves the job in the 5046 queue as Qfxxxxxx). Inspired by *Hobbit*'s sendmail patch kit. 5047 Support -A flag for alias files; this will comma concatenate like 5048 entries. For example, given the aliases: 5049 list: member1 5050 list: member2 5051 and an alias file declared as: 5052 OAhash:-A /etc/aliases 5053 the final alias inserted will be "list: member1,member2"; 5054 without -A you will get an error on the second and subsequent 5055 alias for "list". Contributed by Bryan Costales of ICSI. 5056 Line-buffer transcript file. Suggested by Liudvikas Bukys. 5057 Fix a problem that could cause very long addresses to core dump in 5058 some special circumstances. Problem pointed out by Allan 5059 Johannesen. 5060 (Internal change.) Change interface to expand() (macro expansion) 5061 to be simpler and more consistent. 5062 Delete check for funny qf file names. This didn't really give 5063 any extra security and caused some people some problems. 5064 (If you -really- want this, define PICKY_QF_NAME_CHECK 5065 at compile time.) Suggested by Kyle Jones of UUNET. 5066 (Internal change.) Change EF_NORETURN to EF_NO_BODY_RETN and 5067 merge with DSN code; this is simpler and more consistent. 5068 This may affect some people who have written their own 5069 checkcompat() routine. 5070 (Internal change.) Eliminate `D' line in qf file. The df file 5071 is now assumed to be the same name as the qf file (with 5072 the `q' changed to a `d', of course). 5073 Avoid forking for delivery if all recipient mailers are marked as 5074 "expensive" -- this can be a major cost on some systems. 5075 Essentially, this forces sendmail into "queue only" mode 5076 if all it is going to do is queue anyway. 5077 Avoid sending a null message in some rather unusual circumstances 5078 (specifically, the RCPT command returns a temporary 5079 failure but the connection is lost before the DATA 5080 command). Fix from Scott Hammond of Secure Computing 5081 Corporation. 5082 Change makesendmail to use a somewhat more rational naming scheme: 5083 Makefiles and obj directories are named $os.$rel.$arch, 5084 where $os is the operating system (e.g., SunOS), $rel is 5085 the release number (e.g., 5.3), and $arch is the machine 5086 architecture (e.g., sun4). Any of these can be omitted, 5087 and anything after the first dot in a release number can 5088 be replaced with "x" (e.g., SunOS.4.x.sun4). The previous 5089 version used $os.$arch.$rel and was rather less general. 5090 Change makesendmail to do a "make depend" in the target directory 5091 when it is being created. This involves adding an empty 5092 "depend:" entry in most Makefiles. 5093 Ignore IDENT return value if the OSTYPE field returns "OTHER", 5094 as indicated by RFC 1413. Pointed out by Kari Hurtta 5095 of the Finnish Meteorological Institute. 5096 Fix problem that could cause multiple responses to DATA command 5097 on header syntax errors (e.g., lines beginning with colons). 5098 Problem noted by Jens Thomassen of the University of Oslo. 5099 Don't let null bytes in headers cause truncation of the rest of 5100 the header. 5101 Log Authentication-Warning:s. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 5102 Increase timeouts on message data puts to allow time for receivers 5103 to canonify addresses in headers on the fly. This is still 5104 a rather ugly heuristic. From Motonori Nakamura. 5105 Add "HasWildcardMX" suboption to ResolverOptions; if set, MX 5106 records are not used when canonifying names, and when MX 5107 lookups are done for addressing they must be fully 5108 qualified. This is useful if you have a wildcard MX record, 5109 although it may cause other problems. In general, don't use 5110 wildcard MX records. Patch from Motonori Nakamura. 5111 Eliminate default two-line SMTP greeting message. Instead of 5112 adding an extra "ESMTP spoken here" line, the word "ESMTP" 5113 is added between the first and second word of the first 5114 line of the greeting message (i.e., immediately after the 5115 host name). This eliminates the need for the BROKEN_SMTP_PEERS 5116 compile flag. Old sendmails won't see the ESMTP, but that's 5117 acceptable because SIZE was the only useful extension that 5118 old sendmails understand. 5119 Avoid gethostbyname calls on UNIX domain sockets during SIGUSR1 5120 invoked state dumps. From Masaharu Onishi. 5121 Allow on-line comments in .forward and :include: files; they are 5122 introduced by the string "<LWSP>#@#<LWSP>", where <LWSP> 5123 is a space or a tab. This is intended for native 5124 representation of non-ASCII sets such as Japanese, where 5125 existing encodings would be unreadable or would lose 5126 data -- for example, 5127 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> NAKAMURA Motonori 5128 (romanized/less information) 5129 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQ2ZCPBsoQg==?= 5130 =?ISO-2022-JP?B?GyRCQUdFNRsoQg==?= 5131 (with MIME encoding, not human readable) 5132 <motonori@cs.ritsumei.ac.jp> #@# ^[$BCfB<^[(B ^[$BAGE5^[(B 5133 (native encoding with ISO-2022-JP) 5134 The last form is human readable in the Japanese environment. 5135 Based on a fix from (surprise!) Motonori Nakamura. 5136 Don't make SMTP error returns on MAIL FROM: line be "sticky" for all 5137 messages to that host; these are most frequently associated 5138 with addresses rather than the host, with the exception of 5139 421 (service shutting down). The effect was to cause queues 5140 to sometimes take an excessive time to flush. Reported by 5141 Robert Sargent of Southern Geographics Technologies and 5142 Eric Prestemon of American University. 5143 Add Nice=N mailer option to set the niceness at which a mailer will 5144 run. This is actually a relative niceness (that is, an 5145 increment on the background value). 5146 Log queue runs that are skipped due to high loads. They are logged 5147 at LOG_INFO priority iff the log level is > 8. Contributed 5148 by Bruce Nagel of Data General. 5149 Allow the error mailer to accept a DSN-style error status code 5150 instead of an sysexits status code in the host part. 5151 Anything with a dot will be interpreted as a DSN-style code. 5152 Add new mailer flag: F=3 will tell translations to Quoted-Printable 5153 to encode characters that might be munged by an EBCDIC system 5154 in addition to the set required by RFC 1521. The additional 5155 characters are !, ", #, $, @, [, \, ], ^, `, {, |, }, and ~. 5156 (Think of "IBM 360" as the mnemonic for this flag.) 5157 Change check for mailing to files to look for a pathname of [FILE] 5158 rather than looking for the mailer named *file*. The mapping 5159 of leading slashes still goes to the *file* mailer. This 5160 allows you to implement the *file* mailer as a separate 5161 program, for example, to insert a Content-Length: header 5162 or do special security policy. However, note that the usual 5163 initial checking for the file permissions is still done, and 5164 the program in question needs to be very careful about how 5165 it does the file write to avoid security problems. 5166 Be able to read ~root/.forward even if the path isn't accessible to 5167 regular users. This is disrecommended because sendmail 5168 sometimes does not run as root (e.g., when an unsafe option 5169 is specified on the command line), but should otherwise be 5170 safe because .forward files must be owned by the user for 5171 whom mail is being forwarded, and cannot be a symbolic link. 5172 Suggested by Forrest Aldrich of Wang Laboratories. 5173 Add new "HostsFile" option that is the pathname to the /etc/hosts 5174 file. This is used for canonifying hostnames when the 5175 service type is "files". 5176 Implement programs on F (read class from file) line. The syntax is 5177 Fc|/path/to/program to read the output from the program 5178 into class "c". 5179 Probe the network interfaces to find alternate names for this 5180 host. Requires the SIOCGIFCONF ioctl call. Code 5181 contributed by SunSoft. 5182 Add "E" configuration line to set or propagate environment 5183 variables into children. "E<envar>" will propagate 5184 the named variable from the environment when sendmail 5185 was invoked into any children it calls; "E<envar>=<value>" 5186 sets the named variable to the indicated value. Any 5187 variables not explicitly named will not be in the child 5188 environment. However, sendmail still forces an 5189 "AGENT=sendmail" environment variable, in part to enforce 5190 at least one environment variable, since many programs and 5191 libraries die horribly if this is not guaranteed. 5192 Change heuristic for rebuilding both NEWDB and NDBM versions of 5193 alias databases -- new algorithm looks for the substring 5194 "/yp/" in the file name. This is more portable and involves 5195 less overhead. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 5196 Dynamically allocate the queue work list so that you don't lose 5197 jobs in large queue runs. The old QUEUESIZE compile parameter 5198 is replaced by QUEUESEGSIZE (the unit of allocation, which 5199 should not need to be changed) and the MaxQueueRunSize option, 5200 which is the absolute maximum number of jobs that will ever 5201 be handled in a single queue run. Based on code contributed 5202 by Brian Coan of the Institute for Global Communications. 5203 Log message when a message is dropped because it exceeds the maximum 5204 message size. Suggested by Leo Bicknell of Virginia Tech. 5205 Allow trusted users (those on a T line or in $=t) to use -bs without 5206 an X-Authentication-Warning: added. Suggested by Mark Thomas 5207 of Mark G. Thomas Consulting. 5208 Announce state of compile flags on -d0.1 (-d0.10 throws in the 5209 OS-dependent defines). The old semantic of -d0.1 to not 5210 run the daemon in background has been moved to -d99.100, 5211 and the old 52.5 flag (to avoid disconnect() from closing 5212 all output files) has been moved to 52.100. This makes 5213 things more consistent (flags below .100 don't change 5214 semantics) and separates out the backgrounding so that 5215 it doesn't happen automatically on other unrelated debugging 5216 flags. 5217 If -t is used but no addresses are found in the header, give an 5218 error message rather than just doing nothing. Fix from 5219 Motonori Nakamura. 5220 On systems (like SunOS) where the effective gid is not necessarily 5221 included in the group list returned by getgroups(), the 5222 `restrictmailq' option could sometimes cause an authorized 5223 user to not be able to use `mailq'. Fix from Charles Hannum 5224 of MIT. 5225 Allow symbolic service names for [IPC] mailers. Suggested by 5226 Gerry Magennis of Logica International. 5227 Add DontExpandCnames option to prevent $[ ... $] from expanding CNAMEs 5228 when running DNS. For example, if the name FTP.Foo.ORG is 5229 a CNAME for Cruft.Foo.ORG, then when sitting on a machine in 5230 the Foo.ORG domain a lookup of "FTP" returns "Cruft.Foo.ORG" 5231 if this option is not set, or "FTP.Foo.ORG" if it is set. 5232 This is technically illegal under RFC 822 and 1123, but the 5233 IETF is moving toward legalizing it. Note that turning on 5234 this option is not sufficient to guarantee that a downstream 5235 neighbor won't rewrite the address for you. 5236 Add "-m" flag to makesendmail script -- this tells you what object 5237 directory and Makefile it will use, but doesn't actually do 5238 the make. 5239 Do some additional checking on the contents of the qf file to try 5240 to detect attacks against the qf file. In particular, 5241 abort on any line beginning "From ", and add an "end of 5242 file" line -- any data after that line is prohibited. 5243 Always use /etc/sendmail.cf, regardless of the arbitrary vendor 5244 choices. This can be overridden in the Makefile by using 5245 either -DUSE_VENDOR_CF_PATH to get the vendor location 5246 (to the extent that we know it) or by defining 5247 _PATH_SENDMAILCF (which is a "hard override"). This allows 5248 sendmail 8 to have more consistent installation instructions. 5249 Allow macros on `K' line in config file. Suggested by Andrew Chang 5250 of Sun Microsystems. 5251 Improved symbol table hash function from Eric Wassenaar. This one 5252 is at least 50% faster. 5253 Fix problem that didn't notice that timeout on file open was a 5254 transient error. Fix from Larry Parmelee of Cornell 5255 University. 5256 Allow comments (lines beginning with a `#') in files read for 5257 classes. Suggested by Motonori Nakamura. 5258 Make SIGINT (usually ^C) in test mode return to the prompt instead 5259 of dropping out entirely. This makes testing some of the 5260 name server lookups easier to deal with when there are 5261 hung servers. From Motonori Nakamura. 5262 Add new ${opMode} macro that is set to the current operation mode 5263 (e.g., `s' for -bs, `t' for -bt, etc.). Suggested by 5264 Claude Marinier <MARINIER@emp.ewd.dreo.dnd.ca>. 5265 Add new delivery mode (Odd) that defers all map lookups to queue runs. 5266 Kind of like queue-only mode (Odq) except it tries to avoid 5267 any external service requests; for dial-on-demand hosts that 5268 want to minimize DNS lookups when mail is being queued. For 5269 this to work you will also have to make sure that gethostbyname 5270 of your local host name does not do a DNS lookup. 5271 Improved handling of "out of space" conditions from John Myers of 5272 Carnegie Mellon. 5273 Improved security for mailing to files on systems that have fchmod(2) 5274 support. 5275 Improve "cannot send message for N days" message -- now says "could 5276 not send for past N days". Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T 5277 Global Information Solutions. 5278 Less misleading Subject: line on messages sent to postmaster only. 5279 From Motonori Nakamura. 5280 Avoid duplicate error messages on bad command line flags. From 5281 Motonori Nakamura. 5282 Better error message for case where ruleset 0 falls off the end 5283 or otherwise does not resolve to a canonical triple. 5284 Fix a problem that could cause multiple bounce messages if a bad 5285 address was sent along with a good address to an SMTP 5286 site where that SMTP site returned a 4yz code in response 5287 to the final dot of the data. Problem reported by David 5288 James of British Telecom. 5289 Add "volatile" declarations so that gcc -O2 will work. Patches 5290 from Alexander Dupuy of System Management ARTS. 5291 Delete duplicates in MX lists -- believe it or not, there are sites 5292 that list the same host twice in an MX list. This deletion 5293 only works on adjacent preferences, so an MX list that 5294 had A=5, B=10, A=15 would leave both As, but one that had 5295 A=5, A=10, B=15 would reduce to A, B. This is intentional, 5296 just in case there is something weird I haven't thought of. 5297 Suggested by Barry Shein of Software Tool & Die. 5298 SECURITY: .forward files cannot be symbolic links. If they are, 5299 a bad guy can read your private files. 5300 PORTABILITY FIXES: 5301 Solaris 2 from Rob McMahon <cudcv@csv.warwick.ac.uk>. 5302 System V Release 4 from Motonori Nakamura of Ritsumeikan 5303 University. This expands the disk size 5304 checking to include all (?) SVR4 configurations. 5305 System V Release 4 from Kimmo Suominen -- initgroups(3) 5306 and setrlimit(2) are both available. 5307 System V Release 4 from sob@sculley.ffg.com -- some versions 5308 apparently "have EX_OK defined in other headerfiles." 5309 Linux Makefile typo. 5310 Linux getusershell(3) is broken in Slackware 2.0 -- 5311 from Andrew Pam of Xanadu Australia. 5312 More Linux tweaking from John Kennedy of California State 5313 University, Chico. 5314 Cray changes from Eric Wassenaar: ``On Cray, shorts, 5315 ints, and longs are all 64 bits, and all structs 5316 are multiples of 64 bits. This means that the 5317 sizeof operator returns only multiples of 8. 5318 This requires adaptation of code that really 5319 deals with 32 bit or 16 bit fields, such as IP 5320 addresses or nameserver fields.'' 5321 DG/UX 5.4.3 from Mark T. Robinson <mtr@ornl.gov>. To 5322 get the old behavior, use -DDGUX_5_4_2. 5323 DG/UX hack: add _FORCE_MAIL_LOCAL_=yes environment 5324 variable to fix bogus /bin/mail behavior. 5325 Tandem NonStop-UX from Rick McCarty <mccarty@mpd.tandem.com>. 5326 This also cleans up some System V Release 4 compile 5327 problems. 5328 Solaris 2: sendmail.cw file should be in /etc/mail to 5329 match all the other configuration files. Fix 5330 from Glenn Barry of Emory University. 5331 Solaris 2.3: compile problem in conf.c. Fix from Alain 5332 Nissen of the University of Liege, Belgium. 5333 Ultrix: freespace calculation was incorrect. Fix from 5334 Takashi Kizu of Osaka University. 5335 SVR4: running in background gets a SIGTTOU because the 5336 emulation code doesn't realize that "getpeername" 5337 doesn't require reading the file. Fix from Peter 5338 Wemm of DIALix. 5339 Solaris 2.3: due to an apparent bug in the socket emulation 5340 library, sockets can get into a "wedged" state where 5341 they just return EPROTO; closing and re-opening the 5342 socket clears the problem. Fix from Bob Manson 5343 of Ohio State University. 5344 Hitachi 3050R & 3050RX running HI-UX/WE2: portability 5345 fixes from Akihiro Hashimoto ("Hash") of Chiba 5346 University. 5347 AIX changes to allow setproctitle to work from Rainer Sch�pf 5348 of Zentrum f�r Datenverarbeitung der Universit�t 5349 Mainz. 5350 AIX changes for load average from Ed Ravin of NASA/Goddard. 5351 SCO Unix from Chip Rosenthal of Unicom (code was using the 5352 wrong statfs call). 5353 ANSI C fixes from Adam Glass (NetBSD project). 5354 Stardent Titan/ANSI C fixes from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers 5355 University. 5356 DG-UX fixes from Bruce Nagel of Data General. 5357 IRIX64 updates from Mark Levinson of the University of 5358 Rochester Medical Center. 5359 Altos System V (``the first UNIX/XENIX merge the Altos 5360 did for their Series 1000 & Series 2000 line; 5361 their merged code was licensed back to AT&T and 5362 Microsoft and became System V release 3.2'') from 5363 Tim Rice <timr@crl.com>. 5364 OSF/1 running on Intel Paragon from Jeff A. Earickson 5365 <jeff@ssd.intel.com> of Intel Scalable Systems 5366 Division. 5367 Amdahl UTS System V 2.1.5 (SVr3-based) from Janet Jackson 5368 <janet@dialix.oz.au>. 5369 System V Release 4 (statvfs semantic fix) from Alain 5370 Durand of I.M.A.G. 5371 HP-UX 10.x multiprocessor load average changes from 5372 Scott Hutton and Jeff Sumler of Indiana University. 5373 Cray CSOS from Scott Bolte of Cray Computer Corporation. 5374 Unicos 8.0 from Douglas K. Rand of the University of North 5375 Dakota, Scientific Computing Center. 5376 Solaris 2.4 fixes from Sanjay Dani of Dani Communications. 5377 ConvexOS 11.0 from Christophe Wolfhugel. 5378 IRIX 4.0.5 from David Ashton-Reader of CADcentre. 5379 ISC UNIX from J. J. Bailey. 5380 HP-UX 9.xx on the 8xx series machines from Remy Giraud 5381 of Meteo France. 5382 HP-UX configuration from Tom Lane <tgl@sss.pgh.pa.us>. 5383 IRIX 5.2 and 5.3 from Kari E. Hurtta. 5384 FreeBSD 2.0 from Mike Hickey of Federal Data Corporation. 5385 Sony NEWS-OS 4.2.1R and 6.0.3 from Motonori Nakamura. 5386 Omron LUNA unios-b, mach from Motonori Nakamura. 5387 NEC EWS-UX/V 4.2 from Motonori Nakamura. 5388 NeXT 2.1 from Bryan Costales. 5389 AUX patch thanks to Mike Erwin of Apple Computer. 5390 HP-UX 10.0 from John Beck of Hewlett-Packard. 5391 Ultrix: allow -DBROKEN_RES_SEARCH=0 if you are using a 5392 non-DEC resolver. Suggested by Allan Johannesen. 5393 UnixWare 2.0 fixes from Petr Lampa of the Technical 5394 University of Brno (Czech Republic). 5395 KSR OS 1.2.2 support from Todd Miller of the University 5396 of Colorado. 5397 UX4800 support from Kazuhisa Shimizu of NEC. 5398 MAKEMAP: allow -d flag to allow insertion of duplicate aliases 5399 in type ``btree'' maps. The semantics of this are undefined 5400 for regular maps, but it can be useful for the user database. 5401 MAKEMAP: lock database file while rebuilding to avoid sendmail 5402 lookups while the rebuild is going on. There is a race 5403 condition between the open(... O_TRUNC ...) and the lock 5404 on the file, but it should be quite small. 5405 SMRSH: sendmail restricted shell added to the release. This can 5406 be used as an alternative to /bin/sh for the "prog" mailer, 5407 giving the local administrator more control over what 5408 programs can be run from sendmail. 5409 MAIL.LOCAL: add this local mailer to the tape. It is not really 5410 part of the release proper, and isn't fully supported; in 5411 particular, it does not run on System V based systems and 5412 never will. 5413 CONTRIB: a patch to rmail.c from Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon 5414 to allow rmail to compile on systems that don't have 5415 function prototypes and systems that don't have snprintf. 5416 CONTRIB: add the "mailprio" scripts that will help you sort mailing 5417 lists by transaction delay times so that addresses that 5418 respond quickly get sent first. This is to prevent very 5419 sluggish servers from delaying other peoples' mail. 5420 Contributed by Tony Sanders of BSDI. 5421 CONTRIB: add the "bsdi.mc" file as contributed by Tony Sanders 5422 of BSDI. This has a lot of comments to help people out. 5423 CONFIG: Don't have .mc files include(../m4/cf.m4) -- instead, 5424 put this on the m4 command line. On GNU m4 (which 5425 supports the __file__ primitive) you can run m4 in an 5426 arbitrary directory -- use either: 5427 m4 ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 5428 or 5429 m4 -I${CFDIR} m4/cf.m4 config.mc > config.cf 5430 On other versions of m4 that don't support __file__, you 5431 can use: 5432 m4 -D_CF_DIR_=${CFDIR}/ ${CFDIR}/m4/cf.m4 ... 5433 (Note the trailing slash on the _CF_DIR_ definition.) 5434 Old versions of m4 will default to _CF_DIR_=.. for back 5435 compatibility. 5436 CONFIG: fix mail from <> so it will properly convert to 5437 MAILER-DAEMON on local addresses. 5438 CONFIG: fix code that was supposed to catch colons in host 5439 names. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers of CMU. 5440 CONFIG: allow use of SMTP_MAILER_MAX in nullclient configuration. 5441 From Paul Riddle of the University of Maryland, Baltimore 5442 County. 5443 CONFIG: Catch and reject "." as a host address. 5444 CONFIG: Generalize domaintable to look up all domains, not 5445 just unqualified ones. 5446 CONFIG: Delete OLD_SENDMAIL support -- as near as I can tell, it 5447 was never used and didn't work anyway. 5448 CONFIG: Set flags A, w, 5, :, /, |, and @ on the "local" mailer 5449 and d on all mailers in the UUCP class. 5450 CONFIG: Allow "user+detail" to be aliased specially: it will first 5451 look for an alias for "user+detail", then for "user+*", and 5452 finally for "user". This is intended for forwarding mail 5453 for system aliases such as root and postmaster to a 5454 centralized hub. 5455 CONFIG: add confEIGHT_BIT_HANDLING to set option 8 (see above). 5456 CONFIG: add smtp8 mailer; this has the F=8 (just-send-8) flag set. 5457 The F=8 flag is also set on the "relay" mailer, since 5458 this is expected to be another sendmail. 5459 CONFIG: avoid qualifying all UUCP addresses sent via SMTP with 5460 the name of the UUCP_RELAY -- in some cases, this is the 5461 wrong value (e.g., when we have local UUCP connections), 5462 and this can create unreplyable addresses. From Chip 5463 Rosenthal of Unicom. 5464 CONFIG: add confRECEIVED_HEADER to change the format of the 5465 Received: header inserted into all messages. Suggested by 5466 Gary Mills of the University of Manitoba. 5467 CONFIG: Make "notsticky" the default; use FEATURE(stickyhost) 5468 to get the old behavior. I did this upon observing 5469 that almost everyone needed this feature, and that the 5470 concept I was trying to make happen didn't work with 5471 some user agents anyway. FEATURE(notsticky) still works, 5472 but it is a no-op. 5473 CONFIG: Add LUSER_RELAY -- the host to which unrecognized user 5474 names are sent, rather than immediately diagnosing them 5475 as User Unknown. 5476 CONFIG: Add SMTP_MAILER_ARGS, ESMTP_MAILER_ARGS, SMTP8_MAILER_ARGS, 5477 and RELAY_MAILER_ARGS to set the arguments for the 5478 indicated mailers. All default to "IPC $h". Patch from 5479 Larry Parmelee of Cornell University. 5480 CONFIG: pop mailer needs F=n flag to avoid "annoying side effects 5481 on the client side" and F=P to get an appropriate 5482 return-path. From Kimmo Suominen. 5483 CONFIG: add FEATURE(local_procmail) to use the procmail program 5484 as the local mailer. For addresses of the form "user+detail" 5485 the "detail" part is passed to procmail via the -a flag. 5486 Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 5487 CONFIG: add MAILER(procmail) to add an interface to procmail for 5488 use from mailertables. This lets you execute arbitrary 5489 procmail scripts. Contributed by Kimmo Suominen. 5490 CONFIG: add T= fields (MTS type) to local, smtp, and uucp mailers. 5491 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(ptx2) for DYNIX/ptx 2.x from Sequent. From 5492 Paul Southworth of CICNet Systems Support. 5493 CONFIG: use -a$g as default to UUCP mailers, instead of -a$f. 5494 This causes the null return path to be rewritten as 5495 MAILER-DAEMON; otherwise UUCP gets horribly confused. 5496 From Michael Hohmuth of Technische Universitat Dresden. 5497 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(bestmx_is_local) to cause any hosts that 5498 list us as the best possible MX record to be treated as 5499 though they were local (essentially, assume that they 5500 are included in $=w). This can cause additional DNS 5501 traffic, but is easier to administer if this fits your 5502 local model. It does not work reliably if there are 5503 multiple hosts that share the best MX preference. 5504 Code contributed by John Oleynick of Rutgers. 5505 CONFIG: Add FEATURE(smrsh) to use smrsh (the SendMail Restricted 5506 SHell) instead of /bin/sh as the program used for delivery 5507 to programs. If an argument is included, it is used as 5508 the path to smrsh; otherwise, /usr/local/etc/smrsh is 5509 assumed. 5510 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_MAILER_MAX and PROCMAILER_MAILER_MAX to limit the 5511 size of messages to the local and procmail mailers 5512 respectively. Contributed by Brad Knowles of the Defense 5513 Information Systems Agency. 5514 CONFIG: Handle leading ``phrase:'' and trailing ``;'' as comments 5515 (just like text outside of angle brackets) in order to 5516 properly deal with ``group: addr1, ... addrN;'' syntax. 5517 CONFIG: Require OSTYPE macro (the defaults really don't apply to 5518 any real systems any more) and tweak the DOMAIN macro 5519 so that it is less likely that users will accidentally use 5520 the Berkeley defaults. Also, create some generic files 5521 that really can be used in the real world. 5522 CONFIG: Add new configuration macros to set character sets for 5523 messages _arriving from_ various mailers: LOCAL_MAILER_CHARSET, 5524 SMTP_MAILER_CHARSET, and UUCP_MAILER_CHARSET. 5525 CONFIG: Change UUCP_MAX_SIZE to UUCP_MAILER_MAX for consistency. 5526 The old name will still be accepted for a while at least. 5527 CONFIG: Implement DECNET_RELAY as spec for host to which DECNET 5528 mail (.DECNET pseudo-domain or node::user) will be sent. 5529 As with all relays, it can be ``mailer:hostname''. Suggested 5530 by Scott Hutton. 5531 CONFIG: Add MAILER(mail11) to get DECnet support. Code contributed 5532 by Barb Dijker of Labyrinth Computer Services. 5533 CONFIG: change confCHECK_ALIASES to default to False -- it has poor 5534 performance for large alias files, and this confused many 5535 people. 5536 CONFIG: Add confCF_VERSION to append local information to the 5537 configuration version number displayed during SMTP startup. 5538 CONFIG: fix some.newsgroup.usenet@local.host syntax (previously it 5539 would only work when locally addressed. Fix from 5540 Edvard Tuinder of Cistron Internet Services. 5541 CONFIG: use ${opMode} to avoid error on .REDIRECT addresses if option 5542 "n" (CheckAliases) is set when rebuilding alias database. 5543 Based on code contributed by Claude Marinier. 5544 CONFIG: Allow mailertable to have values of the form 5545 ``error:code message''. The ``code'' is a status code 5546 derived from the sysexits codes -- e.g., NOHOST or UNAVAILABLE. 5547 Contributed by David James <dwj@agw.bt.co.uk>. 5548 CONFIG: add MASQUERADE_DOMAIN(domain list) to extend the list of 5549 sender domains that will be replaced with the masquerade name. 5550 These domains will not be treated as local, but if mail passes 5551 through with sender addresses in those domains they will be 5552 replaced by the masquerade name. These can also be specified 5553 in a file using MASQUERADE_DOMAIN_FILE(filename). 5554 CONFIG: add FEATURE(masquerade_envelope) to masquerade the envelope 5555 as well as the header. Substantial improvements to this 5556 code were contributed by Per Hedeland. 5557 CONFIG: add MAILER(phquery) to define a new "ph" mailer; this can be 5558 accessed from a mailertable to do CCSO ph lookups. Contributed 5559 by Kimmo Suominen. 5560 CONFIG: add MAILER(cyrus) to define a new Cyrus mailer; this can be 5561 used to define cyrus and cyrusbb mailers (for IMAP support). 5562 Contributed by John Gardiner Myers of Carnegie Mellon. 5563 CONFIG: add confUUCP_MAILER to select default mailer to use for 5564 UUCP addressing. Suggested by Tom Moore of AT&T GIS. 5565 NEW FILES: 5566 cf/cf/cs-hpux10.mc 5567 cf/cf/cs-solaris2.mc 5568 cf/cf/cyrusproto.mc 5569 cf/cf/generic-bsd4.4.mc 5570 cf/cf/generic-hpux10.mc 5571 cf/cf/generic-hpux9.mc 5572 cf/cf/generic-osf1.mc 5573 cf/cf/generic-solaris2.mc 5574 cf/cf/generic-sunos4.1.mc 5575 cf/cf/generic-ultrix4.mc 5576 cf/cf/huginn.cs.mc 5577 cf/domain/berkeley-only.m4 5578 cf/domain/generic.m4 5579 cf/feature/bestmx_is_local.m4 5580 cf/feature/local_procmail.m4 5581 cf/feature/masquerade_envelope.m4 5582 cf/feature/smrsh.m4 5583 cf/feature/stickyhost.m4 5584 cf/feature/use_ct_file.m4 5585 cf/m4/cfhead.m4 5586 cf/mailer/cyrus.m4 5587 cf/mailer/mail11.m4 5588 cf/mailer/phquery.m4 5589 cf/mailer/procmail.m4 5590 cf/ostype/amdahl-uts.m4 5591 cf/ostype/bsdi2.0.m4 5592 cf/ostype/hpux10.m4 5593 cf/ostype/irix5.m4 5594 cf/ostype/isc4.1.m4 5595 cf/ostype/ptx2.m4 5596 cf/ostype/unknown.m4 5597 contrib/bsdi.mc 5598 contrib/mailprio 5599 contrib/rmail.oldsys.patch 5600 mail.local/mail.local.0 5601 makemap/makemap.0 5602 smrsh/README 5603 smrsh/smrsh.0 5604 smrsh/smrsh.8 5605 smrsh/smrsh.c 5606 src/Makefiles/Makefile.CSOS 5607 src/Makefiles/Makefile.EWS-UX_V 5608 src/Makefiles/Makefile.HP-UX.10 5609 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX.5.x 5610 src/Makefiles/Makefile.IRIX64 5611 src/Makefiles/Makefile.ISC 5612 src/Makefiles/Makefile.KSR 5613 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.4.x 5614 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEWS-OS.6.x 5615 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NEXTSTEP 5616 src/Makefiles/Makefile.NonStop-UX 5617 src/Makefiles/Makefile.Paragon 5618 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SCO.3.2v4.2 5619 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.3 5620 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.4 5621 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.5 5622 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UNIX_SV.4.x.i386 5623 src/Makefiles/Makefile.uts.systemV 5624 src/Makefiles/Makefile.UX4800 5625 src/aliases.0 5626 src/mailq.0 5627 src/mime.c 5628 src/newaliases.0 5629 src/sendmail.0 5630 test/t_seteuid.c 5631 RENAMED FILES: 5632 cf/cf/alpha.mc => cf/cf/s2k-osf1.mc 5633 cf/cf/chez.mc => cf/cf/chez.cs.mc 5634 cf/cf/hpux-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-hpux9.mc 5635 cf/cf/osf1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-osf1.mc 5636 cf/cf/s2k.mc => cf/cf/s2k-ultrix4.mc 5637 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-sunos4.1.mc 5638 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-exposed.mc => cf/cf/cs-ultrix4.mc 5639 cf/cf/vangogh.mc => cf/cf/vangogh.cs.mc 5640 cf/domain/Berkeley.m4 => cf/domain/Berkeley.EDU.m4 5641 cf/domain/cs-exposed.m4 => cf/domain/CS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 5642 cf/domain/eecs-hidden.m4 => cf/domain/EECS.Berkeley.EDU.m4 5643 cf/domain/s2k.m4 => cf/domain/S2K.Berkeley.EDU.m4 5644 cf/ostype/hpux.m4 => cf/ostype/hpux9.m4 5645 cf/ostype/irix.m4 => cf/ostype/irix4.m4 5646 cf/ostype/ultrix4.1.m4 => cf/ostype/ultrix4.m4 5647 src/Makefile.* => src/Makefiles/Makefile.* 5648 src/Makefile.AUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.A-UX 5649 src/Makefile.BSDI => src/Makefiles/Makefile.BSD-OS 5650 src/Makefile.DGUX => src/Makefiles/Makefile.dgux 5651 src/Makefile.RISCos => src/Makefiles/Makefile.UMIPS 5652 src/Makefile.SunOS.4.0.3 => src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.4.0 5653 OBSOLETED FILES: 5654 cf/cf/cogsci.mc 5655 cf/cf/cs-exposed.mc 5656 cf/cf/cs-hidden.mc 5657 cf/cf/hpux-cs-hidden.mc 5658 cf/cf/knecht.mc 5659 cf/cf/osf1-cs-hidden.mc 5660 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-exposed.mc 5661 cf/cf/sunos3.5-cs-hidden.mc 5662 cf/cf/sunos4.1-cs-hidden.mc 5663 cf/cf/ultrix4.1-cs-hidden.mc 5664 cf/domain/cs-hidden.m4 5665 contrib/rcpt-streaming 5666 src/Makefiles/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 5667 56688.6.13/8.6.12 1996/01/25 5669 SECURITY: In some cases it was still possible for an attacker to 5670 insert newlines into a queue file, thus allowing access to 5671 any user (except root). 5672 CONFIG: no changes -- it is not a bug that the configuration 5673 version number is unchanged. 5674 56758.6.12/8.6.12 1995/03/28 5676 Fix to IDENT code (it was getting the size of the reply buffer 5677 too small, so nothing was ever accepted). Fix from several 5678 people, including Allan Johannesen, Shane Castle of the 5679 Boulder County Information Services, and Jeff Smith of 5680 Warwick University (all arrived within a few hours of 5681 each other!). 5682 Fix a problem that could cause large jobs to run out of 5683 file descriptors on systems that use vfork() rather 5684 than fork(). 5685 56868.6.11/8.6.11 1995/03/08 5687 The ``possible attack'' message would be logged more often 5688 than necessary if you are using Pine as a user agent. 5689 The wrong host would be reported in the ``possible attack'' 5690 message when attempted from IDENT. 5691 In some cases the syslog buffer could be overflowed when 5692 reporting the ``possible attack'' message. This can 5693 cause denial of service attacks. Truncate the message 5694 to 80 characters to prevent this problem. 5695 When reading the IDENT response a loop is needed around the 5696 read from the network to ensure that you don't get 5697 partial lines. 5698 Password entries without any shell listed (that is, a null 5699 shell) wouldn't match as "ok". Problem noted by 5700 Rob McMahon. 5701 When running BIND 4.9.x a problem could occur because the 5702 _res.options field is initialized differently than it 5703 was historically -- this requires that sendmail call 5704 res_init before it tweaks any bits. 5705 Fix an incompatibility in openxscript() between the file open mode 5706 and the stdio mode passed to fdopen. This caused UnixWare 5707 2.0 to have conniptions. Fix from Martin Sohnius of 5708 Novell Labs Europe. 5709 Fix problem with static linking of local getopt routine when 5710 using GNU's ld command. Fix from John Kennedy of 5711 Cal State Chico. 5712 It was possible to turn off privacy flags. Problem noted by 5713 *Hobbit*. 5714 Be more paranoid about writing files. Suggestions by *Hobbit* 5715 and Liudvikas Bukys. 5716 MAKEMAP: fixes for 64 bit machines (DEC Alphas in particular) 5717 from Spider Boardman. 5718 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 5719 with the binaries). 5720 57218.6.10/8.6.10 1995/02/10 5722 SECURITY: Diagnose bogus values to some command line flags that 5723 could allow trash to get into headers and qf files. 5724 Validate the name of the user returned by the IDENT protocol. 5725 Some systems that really dislike IDENT send intentionally 5726 bogus information. Problem pointed out by Michael Bushnell 5727 of the Free Software Foundation. Has some security 5728 implications. 5729 Fix a problem causing error messages about DNS problems when 5730 the host name contained a percent sign to act oddly 5731 because it was passed as a printf-style format string. 5732 In some cases this could cause core dumps. 5733 Avoid possible buffer overrun in returntosender() if error 5734 message is quite long. From Fletcher Mattox of the 5735 University of Texas. 5736 Fix a problem that would silently drop "too many hops" error 5737 messages if and only if you were sending to an alias. 5738 From Jon Giltner of the University of Colorado and 5739 Dan Harton of Oak Ridge National Laboratory. 5740 Fix a bug that caused core dumps on some systems if -d11.2 was 5741 set and e->e_message was null. Fix from Bruce Nagel of 5742 Data General. 5743 Fix problem that can still cause df files to be left around 5744 after "hop count exceeded" messages. Fix from Andrew 5745 Chang and Shau-Ping Lo of SunSoft. 5746 Fix a problem that can cause buffer overflows on very long 5747 user names (as might occur if you piped to a program 5748 with a lot of arguments). 5749 Avoid returning an error and re-queueing if the host signature 5750 is null; this can occur on addresses like ``user@.''. 5751 Problem noted by Wesley Craig and the University of 5752 Michigan. 5753 Avoid possible calls to malloc(0) if MCI caching is turned 5754 off. Bug fix from Pierre David of the Laboratoire 5755 Parallelisme, Reseaux, Systemes et Modelisation (PRiSM), 5756 Universite de Versailles - St Quentin, and Jacky 5757 Thibault. 5758 Make a local copy of the line being sent via senttolist() -- in 5759 some cases, buffers could get trashed by map lookups 5760 causing it to do unexpected things. This also simplifies 5761 some of the map code. 5762 CONFIG: No changes (version number only, to keep it in sync 5763 with the binaries). 5764 57658.6.9/8.6.9 1994/04/19 5766 Do all mail delivery completely disconnected from any terminal. 5767 This provides consistency with daemon delivery and 5768 may have some security implications. 5769 Make sure that malloc doesn't get called with zero size, 5770 since that fails on some systems. Reported by Ed 5771 Hill of the University of Iowa. 5772 Fix multi-line values for $e (SMTP greeting message). Reported 5773 by Mike O'Connor of Ford Motor Company. 5774 Avoid syserr if no NIS domain name is defined, but the map it 5775 is trying to open is optional. From Win Bent of USC. 5776 Changes for picky compilers from Ed Gould of Digital Equipment. 5777 Hesiod support for UDB from Todd Miller of the University of 5778 Colorado. Use "hesiod" as the service name in the U 5779 option. 5780 Fix a problem that failed to set the "authentic" host name (that 5781 is, the one derived from the socket info) if you called 5782 sendmail -bs from inetd. Based on code contributed by 5783 Todd Miller (this problem was also reported by Guy Helmer 5784 of Dakota State University). This also fixes a related 5785 problem reported by Liudvikas Bukys of the University of 5786 Rochester. 5787 Parameterize "nroff -h" in all the Makefiles so people with 5788 variant versions can use them easily. Suggested by 5789 Peter Collinson of Hillside Systems. 5790 SMTP "MAIL" commands with multiple ESMTP parameters required two 5791 spaces between parameters instead of one. Reported by 5792 Valdis Kletnieks of Virginia Tech. 5793 Reduce the number of system calls during message collection by 5794 using global timeouts around the collect() loop. This 5795 code was contributed by Eric Wassenaar. 5796 If the initial hostname name gathering results in a name 5797 without a dot (usually caused by NIS misconfiguration) 5798 and BIND is compiled in, directly access DNS to get 5799 the canonical name. This should make life easier for 5800 Solaris systems. If it still can't be resolved, and 5801 if the name server is listed as "required", try again 5802 in 30 seconds. If that also fails, exit immediately to 5803 avoid bogus "config error: mail loops back to myself" 5804 messages. 5805 Improve the "MAIL DELETED BECAUSE OF LACK OF DISK SPACE" error 5806 message to explain how much space was available and 5807 sound a bit less threatening. Suggested by Stan Janet 5808 of the National Institute of Standards and Technology. 5809 If mail is delivered to an alias that has an owner, deliver any 5810 requested return-receipt immediately, and strip the 5811 Return-Receipt-To: header from the subsequent message. 5812 This prevents a certain class of denial of service 5813 attack, arguably gives more reasonable semantics, and 5814 moves things more towards what will probably become a 5815 network standard. Suggested by Christopher Davis of 5816 Kapor Enterprises. 5817 Add a "noreceipts" privacy flag to turn off all return receipts 5818 without recompiling. 5819 Avoid printing ESMTP parameters as part of the error message 5820 if there are errors during parsing. This change is 5821 purely cosmetic. 5822 Avoid sending out error messages during the collect phase of 5823 SMTP; there is an MVS mailer from UCLA that gets 5824 confused by this. Of course, I think it's their bug.... 5825 Check for the $j macro getting undefined, losing a dot, or getting 5826 lost from $=w in the daemon before accepting a connection; 5827 if it is, it dumps state, prints a LOG_ALERT message, 5828 and drops core for debugging. This is an attempt to 5829 track down a bug that I thought was long since gone. 5830 If you see this, please forward the log fragment to 5831 sendmail@sendmail.ORG. 5832 Change OLD_NEWDB from a #ifdef to a #if so it can be turned off 5833 with -DOLD_NEWDB=0 on the command line. From Christophe 5834 Wolfhugel. 5835 Instead of trying to truncate the listen queue for the server 5836 SMTP port when the load average is too high, just close 5837 the port completely and reopen it later as needed. 5838 This ensures that the other end gets a quick "connection 5839 refused" response, and that the connection can be 5840 recovered later. In particular, some socket emulations 5841 seem to get confused if you tweak the listen queue 5842 size around and can never start listening to connections 5843 again. The down side is that someone could start up 5844 another daemon process in the interim, so you could 5845 have multiple daemons all not listening to connections; 5846 this could in turn cause the sendmail.pid file to be 5847 incorrect. A better approach might be to accept the 5848 connection and give a 421 code, but that could break 5849 other mailers in mysterious ways and have paging behavior 5850 implications. 5851 Fix a glitch in TCP-level debugging that caused flag 16.101 to 5852 set debugging on the wrong socket. From Eric Wassenaar. 5853 When creating a df* temporary file, be sure you truncate any 5854 existing data in the file -- otherwise system crashes 5855 and the like could result in extra data being sent. 5856 DOC: Replace the CHANGES-R5-R8 readme file with a paper in the 5857 doc directory. This includes some additional 5858 information. 5859 CONFIG: change UUCP rules to never add $U! or $k! on the front 5860 of recipient envelope addresses. This should have been 5861 handled by the $&h trick, but broke if people were 5862 mixing domainized and UUCP addresses. They should 5863 probably have converted all the way over to uucp-uudom 5864 instead of uucp-{new,old}, but the failure mode was to 5865 loop the mail, which was bad news. 5866 Portability fixes: 5867 Newer BSDI systems (several people). 5868 Older BSDI systems from Christophe Wolfhugel. 5869 Intergraph CLIX, from Paul Southworth of CICNet. 5870 UnixWare, from Evan Champion. 5871 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 5872 Solaris from Quentin Campbell of the University of 5873 Newcastle upon Tyne. 5874 IRIX from Dean Cookson and Bill Driscoll of Mitre 5875 Corporation. 5876 NCR 3000 from Kevin Darcy of Chrysler Financial Corporation. 5877 SunOS (it has setsid() and setvbuf() calls) from 5878 Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 5879 HP-UX from Tor Lillqvist. 5880 New Files: 5881 src/Makefile.CLIX 5882 src/Makefile.NCR3000 5883 doc/changes/Makefile 5884 doc/changes/changes.me 5885 doc/changes/changes.ps 5886 58878.6.8/8.6.6 1994/03/21 5888 SECURITY: it was possible to read any file as root using the 5889 E (error message) option. Reported by Richard Jones; 5890 fixed by Michael Corrigan and Christophe Wolfhugel. 5891 58928.6.7/8.6.6 1994/03/14 5893 SECURITY: it was possible to get root access by using weird 5894 values to the -d flag. Thanks to Alain Durand of 5895 INRIA for forwarding me the notice from the bugtraq 5896 list. 5897 58988.6.6/8.6.6 1994/03/13 5899 SECURITY: the ability to give files away on System V-based 5900 systems proved dangerous -- don't run as the owner 5901 of a :include: file on a system that allows giveaways. 5902 Unfortunately, this also applies to determining a 5903 valid shell. 5904 IMPORTANT: Previous versions weren't expiring old connections 5905 in the connection cache for a long time under some 5906 circumstances. This could result in resource exhaustion, 5907 both at your end and at the other end. This checks the 5908 connections for timeouts much more frequently. From 5909 Doug Anderson of NCSC. 5910 Fix a glitch that snuck in that caused programs to be run as 5911 the sender instead of the recipient if the mail was 5912 from a local user to another local user. From 5913 Motonori Nakamura of Kyoto University. 5914 Fix "wildcard" on /etc/shells matching -- instead of looking 5915 for "*", look for "/SENDMAIL/ANY/SHELL/". From 5916 Bryan Costales of ICSI. 5917 Change the method used to declare the "statfs" availability; 5918 instead of HASSTATFS and/or HASUSTAT with a ton of 5919 tweaking in conf.c, there is a single #define called 5920 SFS_TYPE which takes on one of six values (SFS_NONE 5921 for no statfs availability, SFS_USTAT for the ustat(2) 5922 syscall, SFS_4ARGS for a four argument statfs(2) call, 5923 and SFS_VFS, SFS_MOUNT, or SFS_STATFS for a two argument 5924 statfs(2) call with the declarations in <sys/vfs.h>, 5925 <sys/mount.h>, or <sys/statfs.h> respectively). 5926 Fix glitch in NetInfo support that could return garbage if 5927 there was no "/locations/sendmail" property. From 5928 David Meyer of the University of Virginia. 5929 Change HASFLOCK from defined/not-defined to a 0/1 definition 5930 to allow Linux to turn it off even though it is a 5931 BSD-like system. 5932 Allow setting of "ident" timeout to zero to turn off the ident 5933 protocol entirely. 5934 Make 7-bit stripping local to a connection (instead of to a 5935 mailer); this allows you to specify that SMTP is a 5936 7-bit channel, but revert to 8-bit should it advertise 5937 that it supports 8BITMIME. You still have to specify 5938 mailer flag 7 to get this stripping at all. 5939 Improve makesendmail script so it handles more cases automatically. 5940 Tighten up restrictions on taking ownership of :include: files 5941 to avoid problems on systems that allow you to give away 5942 files. 5943 Fix a problem that made it impossible to rebuild the alias 5944 file if it was on a read-only file system. From 5945 Harry Edmon of the University of Washington. 5946 Improve MX randomization function. From John Gardiner Myers 5947 of CMU. 5948 Fix a minor glitch causing a bogus message to be printed (used 5949 %s instead of %d in a printf string for the line number) 5950 when a bad queue file was read. From Harry Edmon. 5951 Allow $s to remain NULL on locally generated mail. I'm not 5952 sure this is necessary, but a lot of people have complained 5953 about it, and there is a legitimate question as to whether 5954 "localhost" is legal as an 822-style domain. 5955 Fix a problem with very short line lengths (mailer L= flag) in 5956 headers. This causes a leading space to be added onto 5957 continuation lines (including in the body!), and also 5958 tries to wrap headers containing addresses (From:, To:, 5959 etc) intelligently at the shorter line lengths. Problem 5960 Reported by Lars-Johan Liman of SUNET Operations Center. 5961 Log the real user name when logging syserrs, since these can have 5962 security implications. Suggested by several people. 5963 Fix address logging of cached connections -- it used to always 5964 log the numeric address as zero. This is a somewhat 5965 bogus implementation in that it does an extra system 5966 call, but it should be an inexpensive one. Fix from 5967 Motonori Nakamura. 5968 Tighten up handling of short syslog buffers even more -- there 5969 were cases where the outgoing relay= name was too long 5970 to share a line with delay= and mailer= logging. 5971 Limit the overhead on split envelopes to one open file descriptor 5972 per envelope -- previously the overhead was three 5973 descriptors. This was in response to a problem reported 5974 by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 5975 Fixes to better handle the case of unexpected connection closes; 5976 this redirects the output to the transcript so the info 5977 is not lost. From Eric Wassenaar. 5978 Fix potential string overrun if you macro evaluate a string that 5979 has a naked $ at the end. Problem noted by James Matheson 5980 <jmrm@eng.cam.ac.uk>. 5981 Make default error number on $#error messages 553 (``Requested 5982 action not taken: mailbox name not allowed'') instead of 5983 501 (``Syntax error in parameters or arguments'') to 5984 avoid bogus "protocol error" messages. 5985 Strip off any existing trailing dot on names during $[ ... $] 5986 lookup. This prevents it from ending up with two dots 5987 on the end of dot terminated names. From Wesley Craig 5988 of the University of Michigan and Bryan Costales of ICSI. 5989 Clean up file class reading so that the debugging information is 5990 more informative. It hadn't been using setclass, so you 5991 didn't see the class items being added. 5992 Avoid core dump if you are running a version of sendmail where 5993 NIS is compiled in, and you specify an NIS map, but 5994 NIS is not running. Fix from John Oleynick of 5995 Rutgers. 5996 Diagnose bizarre case where res_search returns a failure value, 5997 but sets h_errno to a success value. 5998 Make sure that "too many hops" messages are considered important 5999 enough to send an error to the Postmaster (that is, the 6000 address specified in the P option). This fix should 6001 help problems that cause the df file to be left around 6002 sometimes -- unfortunately, I can't seem to reproduce 6003 the problem myself. 6004 Avoid core dump (null pointer reference) on EXPN command; this 6005 only occurred if your log level was set to 10 or higher 6006 and the target account was an alias or had a .forward file. 6007 Problem noted by Janne Himanka. 6008 Avoid "denial of service" attacks by someone who is flooding your 6009 SMTP port with bad commands by shutting the connection 6010 after 25 bad commands are issued. From Kyle Jones of 6011 UUNET. 6012 Fix core dump on error messages with very long "to" buffers; 6013 fmtmsg overflows the message buffer. Fixed by trimming 6014 the to address to 203 characters. Problem reported by 6015 John Oleynick. 6016 Fix configuration for HASFLOCK -- there were some spots where 6017 a #ifndef was incorrectly #ifdef. Pointed out by 6018 George Baltz of the University of Maryland. 6019 Fix a typo in savemail() that could cause the error message To: 6020 lists to be incorrect in some places. From Motonori 6021 Nakamura. 6022 Fix a glitch that can cause duplicate error messages on split 6023 envelopes where an address on one of the lists has a 6024 name server failure. Fix from Voradesh Yenbut of the 6025 University of Washington. 6026 Fix possible bogus pointer reference on ESMTP parameters that 6027 don't have an ``=value'' part. 6028 CNAME loops caused an error message to be generated, but also 6029 re-queued the message. Changed to just re-queue the 6030 message (it's really hard to just bounce it because 6031 of the weird way the name server works in the presence 6032 of CNAME loops). Problem noted by James M.R.Matheson 6033 of Cambridge University. 6034 Avoid giving ``warning: foo owned process doing -bs'' messages 6035 if they use ``MAIL FROM:<foo>'' where foo is their true 6036 user name. Suggested by Andreas Stolcke of ICSI. 6037 Change the NAMED_BIND compile flag to be a 0/1 flag so you can 6038 override it easily in the Makefile -- that is, you can 6039 turn it off using -DNAMED_BIND=0. 6040 If a gethostbyname(...) of an address with a trailing dot fails, 6041 try it without the trailing dot. This is because if 6042 you have a version of gethostbyname() that falls back 6043 to NIS or the /etc/hosts file it will fail to find 6044 perfectly reasonable names that just don't happen to 6045 be dot terminated in the hosts file. You don't want to 6046 strip the dot first though because we're trying to ensure 6047 that country names that match one of your subdomains get 6048 a chance. 6049 PRALIASES: fix bogus output on non-null-terminated strings. 6050 From Bill Gianopoulos of Raytheon. 6051 CONFIG: Avoid rewriting anything that matches $w to be $j. 6052 This was in code intended to only catch the self-literal 6053 address (that is, [1.2.3.4], where 1.2.3.4 is your 6054 IP address), but the code was broken. However, it will 6055 still do this if $M is defined; this is necessary to 6056 get client configurations to work (sigh). Note that this 6057 means that $M overrides :mailname entries in the user 6058 database! Problem noted by Paul Southworth. 6059 CONFIG: Fix definition of Solaris help file location. From 6060 Steve Cliffe <steve@gorgon.cs.uow.edu.au>. 6061 CONFIG: Fix bug that broke news.group.USENET mappings. 6062 CONFIG: Allow declaration of SMTP_MAILER_MAX, FAX_MAILER_MAX, 6063 and USENET_MAILER_MAX to tweak the maximum message 6064 size for various mailers. 6065 CONFIG: Change definition of USENET_MAILER_ARGS to include argv[0] 6066 instead of assuming that it is "inews" for consistency 6067 with other mailers. From Michael Corrigan of UC San Diego. 6068 CONFIG: When mail is forwarded to a LOCAL_RELAY or a MAIL_HUB, 6069 qualify the address in the SMTP envelope as user@{relay|hub} 6070 instead of user@$j. From Bill Wisner of The Well. 6071 CONFIG: Fix route-addr syntax in nullrelay configuration set. 6072 CONFIG: Don't turn off case mapping of user names in the local 6073 mailer for IRIX. This was different than most every other 6074 system. 6075 CONFIG: Avoid infinite loops on certainly list:; syntaxes in 6076 envelope. Noted by Thierry Besancon 6077 <besancon@excalibur.ens.fr>. 6078 CONFIG: Don't include -z by default on uux line -- most systems 6079 don't want it set by default. Pointed out by Philippe 6080 Michel of Thomson CSF. 6081 CONFIG: Fix some bugs with mailertables -- for example, if your 6082 host name was foo.bar.ray.com and you matched against 6083 ".ray.com", the old implementation bound %1 to "bar" 6084 instead of "foo.bar". Also, allow "." in the mailertable 6085 to match anything -- essentially, take over SMART_HOST. 6086 This also moves matching of explicit local host names 6087 before the mailertable so they don't have to be special 6088 cased in the mailertable data. Reported by Bill 6089 Gianopoulos of Raytheon; the fix for the %1 binding 6090 problem was contributed by Nicholas Comanos of the 6091 University of Sydney. 6092 CONFIG: Don't include "root" in class $=L (users to deliver 6093 locally, even if a hub or relay exists) by default. 6094 This is because of the known bug where definition of 6095 both a LOCAL_RELAY and a MAIL_HUB causes $=L to ignore 6096 both and deliver into the local mailbox. 6097 CONFIG: Move up bitdomain and uudomain handling so that they 6098 are done before .UUCP class matching; uudomain was 6099 reported as ineffective before. This also frees up 6100 diversion 8 for future use. Problem reported by Kimmo 6101 Suominen. 6102 CONFIG: Don't try to convert dotted IP address (e.g., [1.2.3.4]) 6103 into host names. As pointed out by Jonathan Kamens, 6104 these are often used because either the forward or reverse 6105 mapping is broken; this translation makes it broken again. 6106 DOC: Clarify $@ and $: in the Install & Op Guide. From Kimmo 6107 Suominen. 6108 Portability fixes: 6109 Unicos from David L. Kensiski of Sterling Software. 6110 DomainOS from Don Lewis of Silicon Systems. 6111 GNU m4 1.0.3 from Karst Koymans of Utrecht University. 6112 Convex from Kimmo Suominen <kim@tac.nyc.ny.us>. 6113 NetBSD from Adam Glass <glass@sun-lamp.cs.berkeley.edu>. 6114 BSD/386 from Tony Sanders of BSDI. 6115 Apollo from Eric Wassenaar. 6116 DGUX from Doug Anderson. 6117 Sequent DYNIX/ptx 2.0 from Tim Wright of Sequent. 6118 NEW FILES: 6119 src/Makefile.DomainOS 6120 src/Makefile.PTX 6121 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.1 6122 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.2 6123 src/Makefile.SunOS.5.x 6124 src/mailq.1 6125 cf/ostype/domainos.m4 6126 doc/op/Makefile 6127 doc/intro/Makefile 6128 doc/usenix/Makefile 6129 61308.6.5/8.6.5 1994/01/13 6131 Security fix: /.forward could be owned by anyone (the test 6132 to allow root to own any file was backwards). From 6133 Bob Campbell at U.C. Berkeley. 6134 Security fix: group ids were not completely set when programs 6135 were invoked. This caused programs to have group 6136 permissions they should not have had (usually group 6137 daemon instead of their own group). In particular, 6138 Perl scripts would refuse to run. 6139 Security: check to make sure files that are written are not 6140 symbolic links (at least under some circumstances). 6141 Although this does not respond to a specific known 6142 attack, it's just a good idea. Suggested by 6143 Christian Wettergren. 6144 Security fix: if a user had an NFS mounted home directory on 6145 a system with a restricted shell listed in their 6146 /etc/passwd entry, they could still execute any 6147 program by putting that in their .forward file. 6148 This fix prevents that by insisting that their shell 6149 appear in /etc/shells before allowing a .forward to 6150 execute a program or write a file. You can disable 6151 this by putting "*" in /etc/shells. It also won't 6152 permit world-writable :include: files to reference 6153 programs or files (there's no way to disable this). 6154 These behaviors are only one level deep -- for 6155 example, it is legal for a world-writable :include: 6156 file to reference an alias that writes a file, on 6157 the assumption that the alias file is well controlled. 6158 Security fix: root was not treated suspiciously enough when 6159 looking into subdirectories. This would potentially 6160 allow a cracker to examine files that were publicly 6161 readable but in a non-publicly searchable directory. 6162 Fix a problem that causes an error on QUIT on a cached 6163 connection to create problems on the current job. 6164 These are typically unrelated, so errors occur in 6165 the wrong place. 6166 Reset CurrentLA in sendall() -- this makes sendmail queue 6167 runs more responsive to load average, and fixes a 6168 problem that ignored the load average in locally 6169 generated mail. From Eric Wassenaar. 6170 Fix possible core dump on aliases with null LHS. From 6171 John Orthoefer of BB&N. 6172 Revert to using flock() whenever possible -- there are just 6173 too many bugs in fcntl() locking, particularly over 6174 NFS, that cause sendmail to fail in perverse ways. 6175 Fix a bug that causes the connection cache to get confused 6176 when sending error messages. This resulted in 6177 "unexpected close" messages. It should fix itself 6178 on the following queue run. Problem noted by 6179 Liudvikas Bukys of the University of Rochester. 6180 Include $k in $=k as documented in the Install & Op Guide. 6181 This seems odd, but it was documented.... From 6182 Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 6183 Fix problem that caused :include:s from alias files to be 6184 forced to be owned by root instead of daemon 6185 (actually DefUid). From Tim Irvin. 6186 Diagnose unrecognized I option values -- from Mortin Forssen 6187 of the Chalmers University of Technology. 6188 Make "error" mailer work consistently when there is no error 6189 code associated with it -- previously it returned OK 6190 even though there was a real problem. Now it assumes 6191 EX_UNAVAILABLE. 6192 Fix bug that caused the last header line of messages that had 6193 no body and which were terminated with EOF instead of 6194 "." to be discarded. Problem noted by Liudvikas Bukys. 6195 Fix core dump on SMTP mail to programs that failed -- it tried 6196 to go to a "next MX host" when none existed, causing 6197 a core dump. From der Mouse at McGill University. 6198 Change IDENTPROTO from a defined/not defined to a 0/1 switch; 6199 this makes it easier to turn it off (using 6200 -DIDENTPROTO=0 in the Makefile). From der Mouse. 6201 Fix YP_MASTER_NAME store to use the unupdated result of 6202 gethostname() (instead of myhostname(), which tries 6203 to fully qualify the name) to be consistent with 6204 SunOS. If your hostname is unqualified, this fixes 6205 transfers to slave servers. Bug noted by Keith 6206 McMillan of Ameritech Services, Inc. 6207 Fix Ultrix problem: gethostbyname() can return a very large 6208 (> 500) h_length field, which causes the sockaddr 6209 to be trashed. Use the size of the sockaddr instead. 6210 Fix from Bob Manson of Ohio State. 6211 Don't assume "-a." on host lookups if NAMED_BIND is not 6212 defined -- this confuses gethostbyname on hosts 6213 file lookups, which doesn't understand the trailing 6214 dot convention. 6215 Log SMTP server subprocesses that die with a signal instead 6216 of from a clean exit. 6217 If you don't have option "I" set, don't assume that a DNS 6218 "host unknown" message is authoritative -- it 6219 might still be found in /etc/hosts. 6220 Fix a problem that would cause Deferred: messages to be sent 6221 as the subject of an error message, even though the 6222 actual cause of a message was more severe than that. 6223 Problem noted by Chris Seabrook of OSSI. 6224 Fix race condition in DBM alias file locking. From Kyle 6225 Jones of UUNET. 6226 Limit delivery syslog line length to avoid bugs in some 6227 versions of syslog(3). This adds a new compile time 6228 variable SYSLOG_BUFSIZE. From Jay Plett of Princeton 6229 University, which is in turn derived from IDA. 6230 Fix quotes inside of comments in addresses -- previously 6231 it insisted that they be balanced, but the 822 spec 6232 says that they should be ignored. 6233 Dump open file state to syslog upon receiving SIGUSR1 (for 6234 debugging). This also evaluates ruleset 89, if set 6235 (with the null input), and logs the result. This 6236 should be used sparingly, since the rewrite process 6237 is not reentrant. 6238 Change -qI, -qR, and -qS flags to be case-insensitive as 6239 documented in the Bat Book. 6240 If the mailer returned EX_IOERR or EX_OSERR, sendmail did not 6241 return an error message and did not requeue the message. 6242 Fix based on code from Roland Dirlewanger of 6243 Reseau Regional Aquarel, Bordeaux, France. 6244 Fix a problem that caused a seg fault if you got a 421 error 6245 code during some parts of connection initialization. 6246 I've only seen this when talking to buggy mailers on 6247 the other end, but it shouldn't give a seg fault in 6248 any case. From Amir Plivatsky. 6249 Fix core dump caused by a ruleset call that returns null. 6250 Fix from Bryan Costales of ICSI. 6251 Full-Name: field was being ignored. Fix from Motonori Nakamura 6252 of Kyoto University. 6253 Fix a possible problem with very long input lines in setproctitle. 6254 From P{r Emanuelsson. 6255 Avoid putting "This is a warning message" out on return receipts. 6256 Suggested by Douglas Anderson. 6257 Detect loops caused by recursive ruleset calls. Suggested by 6258 Bryan Costales. 6259 Initialize non-alias maps during alias rebuilds -- they may be 6260 needed for parsing. Problem noted by Douglas Anderson. 6261 Log sender address even if no message was collected in SMTP 6262 (e.g., if all RCPTs failed). Suggested by Motonori 6263 Nakamura. 6264 Don't reflect the owner-list contents into the envelope sender 6265 address if the value contains ", :, /, or | (to avoid 6266 illegal addresses appearing there). 6267 Efficiency hack for toktype macro -- from Craig Partridge of 6268 BB&N. 6269 Clean up DNS error printing so that a host name is always 6270 included. 6271 Remember to set $i during queue runs. Reported by Stephen 6272 Campbell of Dartmouth University. 6273 If the environment variable HOSTALIASES is set, use it during 6274 canonification as the name of a file with per-user host 6275 translations so that headers are properly mapped. Reported 6276 by Anne Bennett of Concordia University. 6277 Avoid printing misleading error message if SMTP mailer (not 6278 using [IPC]) should die on a core dump. 6279 Avoid incorrect diagnosis of "file 1 closed" when it is caused 6280 by the other end closing the connection. From 6281 Dave Morrison of Oracle. 6282 Improve several of the error messages printed by "mailq" 6283 to include a host name or other useful information. 6284 Add NetInfo preliminary support for NeXT systems. From Vince 6285 DeMarco. 6286 Fix a glitch that sometimes caused :include:s that pointed to 6287 NFS filesystems that were down to give an "aliasing/ 6288 forwarding loop broken" message instead of queueing 6289 the message for retry. Noted by William C Fenner of 6290 the NRL Connection Machine Facility. 6291 Fix a problem that could cause a core dump if the input sequence 6292 had (or somehow acquired) a \231 character. 6293 Make sure that route-addrs always have <angle brackets> around 6294 them in non-SMTP envelopes (SMTP envelopes already do 6295 this properly). 6296 Avoid weird headers on unbalanced punctuation of the form: 6297 ``Joe User <user)'' -- this caused reference to the 6298 null macro. Fix from Rick McCarty of IO.COM. 6299 Fix a problem that caused an alias "user: user@local.host" to 6300 not have the QNOTREMOTE bit set; this caused configs 6301 to act as if FEATURE(notsticky) was defined even when 6302 it was not. The effect of the problem was to make it 6303 very hard to to set up satellite sites that had a few 6304 local accounts, with everything else forwarded to a 6305 corporate hub. Reported by Detlef Drewanz of the 6306 University of Rostock and Mark Frost of NCD. 6307 Change queuing to not call rulesets 3, {1 or 2}, 4 on header 6308 addresses. This is more efficient (fewer name server 6309 calls) and fixes certain unusual configurations, such 6310 as those that have ruleset 4 do something that is 6311 non-idempotent unless a mailer-specific ruleset did 6312 something else. Problem reported by Brian J. Coan 6313 of the Institute for Global Communications. 6314 Fix the "obsolete argument" routine in main to better understand 6315 new arguments. For example, if you used ``sendmail 6316 -C config -v -q'' it would choke on the -q because 6317 the -C would stop looking for old-format arguments. 6318 Fix the code that was intended to allow two users to forward their 6319 mail to the same program and have them appear unique. 6320 Portability fixes for: 6321 SCO UNIX from Murray Kucherawy. 6322 SCO Open Server 3.2v4 from Philippe Brand. 6323 System V Release 4 from Rick Ellis and others. 6324 OSF/1 from Steve Campbell. 6325 DG/UX from Ben Mesander of the USGS and Bryan Curnutt 6326 of Stoner Associates. 6327 Motorola SysV88 from Kevin Johnson of Motorola. 6328 Solaris 2.3 from Casper H.S. Dik of the University 6329 of Amsterdam and John Caruso of University 6330 of Maryland. 6331 FreeBSD from Ollivier Robert. 6332 NetBSD from Adam Glass. 6333 TitanOS from Kate Hedstrom of Rutgers University. 6334 Irix from Bryan Curnutt. 6335 Dynix from Jim Davis of the University of Arizona. 6336 RISC/os. 6337 Linux from John Kennedy of California State University 6338 at Chico. 6339 Solaris 2.x from Tony Boner of the U.S. Air Force. 6340 NEXTSTEP 3.x from Vince DeMarco. 6341 HP-UX from various people. NOTA BENE: the location 6342 of the config file has moved to /usr/lib 6343 to match the HP-UX version of sendmail. 6344 CONFIG: Don't do any recipient rewriting on relay mailer; 6345 since this is intended only for internal use, the 6346 usual RFC 821/822/1123 rules can be relaxed. The 6347 main point of this is to avoid munging (ugh) UUCP 6348 addresses when relaying internally. 6349 CONFIG: fix typo in mailer/uucp.m4 that mutilates list:; 6350 syntax addresses delivered via UUCP. Solution 6351 provided by Peter Wemm. 6352 CONFIG: fix thumb-fumble in default UUCP relaying in ruleset 6353 zero; it caused double @ signs in addresses. From 6354 Irving Reid of the University of Toronto. 6355 CONFIG: Portability fixes for SCO Unix 3.2 with TCP/IP 1.2.1 6356 from Markku Toijala of ICL Personal Systems Oy. 6357 CONFIG: Add trailing "." on pseudo-domains for consistency; 6358 this fixes a problem (noted by Al Whaley of Sunnyside) 6359 that made it hard to recognize your own pseudodomain 6360 names. 6361 CONFIG: catch "@host" syntax errors (i.e., null local-parts) 6362 rather than letting them get "local configuration 6363 error"s. Problem noted by John Gardiner Myers. 6364 CONFIG: add uucp-uudom mailer variant, based on code posted 6365 by Spider Boardman <spider@Orb.Nashua.NH.US>; this 6366 has uucp-dom semantics but old UUCP syntax. This 6367 also permits "uucp-old" as an alias for "uucp" and 6368 "uucp-new" as a synonym for "suucp" for consistency. 6369 CONFIG: add POP mailer support (from Kimmo Suominen 6370 <kim@grendel.lut.fi>). 6371 CONFIG: drop CSNET_RELAY support -- CSNET is long gone. 6372 CONFIG: fix bug caused with domain literal addresses (e.g., 6373 ``[128.32.131.12]'') when FEATURE(allmasquerade) 6374 was set; it would get an additional @masquerade.host 6375 added to the address. Problem noted by Peter Wan 6376 of Georgia Tech. 6377 CONFIG: make sure that the local UUCP name is in $=w. From 6378 Jim Murray of Stratus. 6379 CONFIG: changes to UUCP rewriting to simulate IDA-style "V" 6380 mailer flag. Briefly, if you are sending to host 6381 "foo", then it rewrites "foo!...!baz" to "...!baz", 6382 "foo!baz" remains "foo!baz", and anything else has 6383 the local name prepended. 6384 CONFIG: portability fixes for HP-UX. 6385 DOC: several minor problems fixed in the Install & Op Guide. 6386 MAKEMAP: fix core dump problem on lines that are too long or 6387 which lack newline. From Mark Delany. 6388 MAILSTATS: print sums of columns (total messages & kbytes 6389 in and out of the system). From Tom Ferrin of UC 6390 San Francisco Computer Graphics Lab. 6391 SIGNIFICANT USER- OR SYSAD-VISIBLE CHANGES: 6392 On HP-UX, /etc/sendmail.cf has been moved to 6393 /usr/lib/sendmail.cf to match HP sendmail. 6394 Permissions have been tightened up on world-writable 6395 :include: files and accounts that have shells 6396 that are not listed in /etc/shells. This may 6397 cause some .forward files that have worked 6398 before to start failing. 6399 SIGUSR1 dumps some state to the log. 6400 NEW FILES: 6401 src/Makefile.DGUX 6402 src/Makefile.Dynix 6403 src/Makefile.FreeBSD 6404 src/Makefile.Mach386 6405 src/Makefile.NetBSD 6406 src/Makefile.RISCos 6407 src/Makefile.SCO 6408 src/Makefile.SVR4 6409 src/Makefile.Titan 6410 cf/mailer/pop.m4 6411 cf/ostype/bsdi1.0.m4 6412 cf/ostype/dgux.m4 6413 cf/ostype/dynix3.2.m4 6414 cf/ostype/sco3.2.m4 6415 makemap/Makefile.dist 6416 praliases/Makefile.dist 6417 64188.6.4/8.6.4 1993/10/31 6419 Repair core-dump problem (write to read-only memory segment) 6420 if you fall back to the return-to-Postmaster case in 6421 savemail. Problem reported by Richard Liu. 6422 Immediately diagnose bogus sender addresses in SMTP. This 6423 makes quite certain that crackers can't use this 6424 class of attack. 6425 Reliability Fix: check return value from fclose() and fsync() 6426 in a few critical places. 6427 Minor problem in initsys() that reversed a condition for 6428 redirecting the output channel on queue runs. It's 6429 not clear this code even does anything. From Eric 6430 Wassenaar of the Dutch National Institute for Nuclear 6431 and High-Energy Physics. 6432 Fix some problems that caused queue runs to do "too much work", 6433 such as double-reading the Errors-To: header. From 6434 Eric Wassenaar. 6435 Error messages on writing the temporary file (including the 6436 data file) were getting suppressed in SMTP -- this 6437 fix causes them to be properly reported. From Eric 6438 Wassenaar. 6439 Some changes to support AF_UNIX sockets -- this will only 6440 really become relevant in the next release, but some 6441 people need it for local patches. From Michael 6442 Corrigan of UC San Diego. 6443 Use dynamically allocated memory (instead of static buffers) 6444 for macros defined in initsys() and settime(); since 6445 these can have different values depending on which 6446 envelope they are in. From Eric Wassenaar. 6447 Improve logging to show ctladdr on to= logging; this tells you 6448 what uid/gid processes ran as. 6449 Fix a problem that caused error messages to be discarded if 6450 the sender address was unparseable for some reason; 6451 this was supposed to fall back to the "return to 6452 postmaster" case. 6453 Improve aliaswait backoff algorithm. 6454 Portability patches for Linux (8.6.3 required another header 6455 file) (from Karl London) and SCO UNIX. 6456 CONFIG: patch prog mailer to not strip host name off of envelope 6457 addresses (so that it matches local again). From 6458 Christopher Davis. 6459 CONFIG: change uucp-dom mailer so that "<>" translates to $n; 6460 this prevents uux from seeing lines with null names like 6461 ``From Sat Oct 30 14:55:31 1993''. From Motonori 6462 Nakamura of Kyoto University. 6463 CONFIG: handle <list:;> syntax correctly. This isn't legal, but 6464 it shouldn't fail miserably. From Motonori Nakamura. 6465 64668.6.2/8.6.2 1993/10/15 6467 Put a "successful delivery" message in the transcript for 6468 addresses that get return-receipts. 6469 Put a prominent "this is only a warning" message in warning 6470 messages -- some people don't read carefully enough 6471 and end up sending the message several times. 6472 Include reason for temporary failure in the "warning" return 6473 message. Currently, it just says "cannot send for 6474 four hours". 6475 Fix the "Original message received" time generated for 6476 returntosender messages. It was previously listed as 6477 the current time. Bug reported by Eric Hagberg of 6478 Cornell University Medical College. 6479 If there is an error when writing the body of a message, 6480 don't send the trailing dot and wait for a response 6481 in sender SMTP, as this could cause the connection to 6482 hang up under some bizarre circumstances. From Eric 6483 Wassenaar. 6484 Fix some server SMTP synchronization problems caused when 6485 connections fail during message collection. From 6486 Eric Wassenaar. 6487 Fix a problem that can cause srvrsmtp to reject mail if the 6488 name server is down -- it accepts the RCPT but rejects 6489 the DATA command. Problem reported by Jim Murray of 6490 Stratus. 6491 Fix a problem that can cause core dumps if the config file 6492 incorrectly resolves to a null hostname. Reported by 6493 Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6494 Non-root use of -C flag, dangerous -f flags, and use of -oQ 6495 by non-root users were not put into 6496 X-Authentication-Warning:s as intended because the 6497 config file hadn't set the PrivacyOptions yet. Fix 6498 from Sven-Ove Westberg of the University of Lulea. 6499 Under very odd circumstances, the alias file rebuild code 6500 could get confused as to whether a database was 6501 open or not. 6502 Check "vendor code" on the end of V lines -- this is 6503 intended to provide a hook for vendor-specific 6504 configuration syntax. (This is a "new feature", 6505 but I've made an exception to my rule in a belief 6506 that this is a highly exceptional case.) 6507 Portability fixes for DG/UX (from Douglas Anderson of NCSC), 6508 SCO Unix (from Murray Kucherawy), A/UX, and OSF/1 6509 (from Jon Forrest of UC Berkeley) 6510 CONFIG: fix ``mailer:host'' form of UUCP relay naming. 6511 65128.6.1/8.6 1993/10/08 6513 Portability fixes for A/UX and Encore UMAX V. 6514 Fix error message handling -- if you had a name server down 6515 causing an error during parsing, that message was never 6516 propagated to the queue file. 6517 65188.6/8.6 1993/10/05 6519 Configuration cleanup: make it easier to undo IDENTPROTO in 6520 conf.h (other systems have the same bug). 6521 If HASGETDTABLESIZE and _SC_OPEN_MAX are both defined, assume 6522 getdtablesize() instead of sysconf(); a disturbingly 6523 large number of systems defined _SC_OPEN_MAX in the 6524 header files but don't have the syscall. 6525 Another patch to really truly ignore MX records in getcanonname 6526 if trymx == FALSE. 6527 Fix problem that caused the "250 IAA25499 Message accepted for 6528 delivery" message to be omitted if there was an error 6529 in the header of the message (e.g., a bad Errors-To: 6530 line). Pointed out by Michael Corrigan of UCSD. 6531 Announce name of host we are chatting when we get errors; this 6532 is an IDA-ism suggested by Christophe Wolfhugel. 6533 Portability fixes for Alpha OSF/1 (from Anthony Baxter of the 6534 Australian Artificial Intelligence Institute), SCO Unix 6535 (from Murray Kucherawy of Hookup Communication Corp.), 6536 NeXT (from Vince DeMarco and myself), Linux (from 6537 Karl London <karl@borg.demon.co.uk>), BSDI (from 6538 Christophe Wolfhugel, and SVR4 on Dell (from Kimmo 6539 Suominen), AUX 3.0 on Macintosh, and ANSI C compilers. 6540 Some changes to get around gcc optimizer bugs. From Takahiro 6541 Kanbe. 6542 Fix error recovery in queueup if another tf file of the same 6543 name already exists. Problem stumbled over by Bill 6544 Wisner of The Well. 6545 Output YP_MASTER_NAME and YP_LAST_MODIFIED without null bytes. 6546 Problem noted by Keith McMillan of Ameritech Services. 6547 Deal with group permissions properly when opening .forward and 6548 :include: files. This relaxes the 8.1C restrictions 6549 slightly more. This includes proper setting of groups 6550 when reading :include: files, allowing you to read some 6551 files that you should be able to read but have previously 6552 been denied unless you owned them or they had "other" 6553 read permission. 6554 Make certain that $j is in $=w (after the .cf is read) so that 6555 if the user is forced to override some silly system, 6556 MX suppression will still work. 6557 Fix a couple of efficiency problems where newstr was double- 6558 calling expensive routines. In at least one case, it 6559 wasn't guaranteed that they would always return the 6560 same result. Problem noted by Christophe Wolfhugel. 6561 Fix null pointer dereference in putoutmsg -- only on an error 6562 condition from a non-SMTP mailer. From Motonori 6563 Nakamura. 6564 Macro expand "C" line class definitions before scanning so that 6565 "CX $Z" works. 6566 Fix problem that caused error message to be sent while still 6567 trying to send the original message if the connection 6568 is closed during a DATA command after getting an error 6569 on an RCPT command (pretty obscure). Problem reported 6570 by John Myers of CMU. 6571 Fix reply to NOOP to be 250 instead of 200 -- this is a long 6572 term bug. 6573 Fix a nasty bug causing core dumps when returning the "warning: 6574 cannot deliver for N hours -- will keep trying" message; 6575 it only occurred if you had PostmasterCopy set and 6576 only on some architectures. Although sendmail would 6577 keep trying, it would send error messages on each 6578 queue interval. This is an important fix. 6579 Allow u and g options to take user and group names respectively. 6580 Don't do a chdir into the queue directory in -bt mode to make 6581 ruleset testing a bit easier. 6582 Don't allow users to turn off logging (using -oL) on the command 6583 line -- command line can only raise, not lower, logging 6584 level. 6585 Set $u to the original recipient on the SMTP transaction or on 6586 the command line. This is only done if there is exactly 6587 one recipient. Technically, this does not meet the 6588 specs, because it does not guarantee a domain on the 6589 address. 6590 Fix a problem that dumped error messages on bad addresses if 6591 you used the -t flag. Problem noted by Josh Smith of 6592 Harvey Mudd College. 6593 Given an address such as ``<foo> <bar>'', auto-quote the first 6594 ``<foo>'' part, giving ``"<foo>" <bar>''. This is to 6595 avoid the problem of people who use angle brackets in 6596 their full name information. 6597 Fix a null pointer dereference if you set option "l", have 6598 an Errors-To: header in the message, and have Errors-To: 6599 defined in the config file H lines. From J.R. Oldroyd. 6600 Put YPCOMPAT on #ifdef NIS instead -- it's one less thing to get 6601 wrong when compiling. Suggested by Rick McCarty of TI. 6602 Fix a problem that could pass negative SIZE parameter if the 6603 df file got lost; this would cause servers to always 6604 give a temporary failure, making the problem even worse. 6605 Problem noted by Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6606 Add "ident" timeout (one of the "r" option selectors) for IDENT 6607 protocol timeouts (30s default). Requested by Murray 6608 Kucherawy of HookUp Communication Corp. to handle bogus 6609 PC TCP/IP implementations. 6610 Change $w default definition to be just the first component of 6611 the domain name on config level 5. The $j macro defaults 6612 to the FQDN; $m remains as before. This lets well-behaved 6613 config files use any of the short, long, or subdomain 6614 names. 6615 Add makesendmail script in src to try to automate multi-architecture 6616 builds. I know, this is sub-optimal, but it is still 6617 helpful. 6618 Fix very obscure race condition that can cause a queue run to 6619 get a queue file for an already completed job. This 6620 problem has existed for years. Problem noted by the 6621 long suffering Allan Johannesen of WPI. 6622 Fix a problem that caused the raw sender name to be passed to 6623 udbsender instead of the canonified name -- this caused 6624 it to sometimes miss records that it should have found. 6625 Relax check of name on HELO packet so that a program using -bs 6626 that claims to be itself works properly. 6627 Restore rewriting of $: part of address through 2, R, 4 in 6628 buildaddr -- this requires passing a lot of flags to get 6629 it right. Unlike old versions, this ONLY rewrites 6630 recipient addresses, not sender addresses. 6631 Fix a bug that caused core dumps in config files that cannot 6632 resolve /file/name style addresses. Fix from Jonathan 6633 Kamens of OpenVision Technologies. 6634 Fix problem with fcntl locking that can cause error returns to 6635 be lost if the lock is lost; this required fully 6636 queueing everything, dropping the envelope (so errors 6637 would get returned), and then re-reading the queue from 6638 scratch. 6639 Fix a problem that caused aliases that redefine an otherwise 6640 true address to still send to the original address 6641 if and only if the alias failed in certain bizarre 6642 ways (e.g, if they pointed at a list:; syntax address). 6643 Problem pointed out by Jonathan Kamens. 6644 Remove support for frozen configuration files. They caused 6645 more trouble than it was worth. 6646 Fix problem that can cause error messages to get ignored when 6647 using both -odb and -t flags. Problem noted by Rob 6648 McNicholas at U.C. Berkeley. 6649 Include all "normal" variations on hostname in $=w. For example, 6650 if the host name is vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu, $=w will 6651 contain vangogh, vangogh.cs, and vangogh.cs.berkeley.edu. 6652 Add "restrictqrun" privacy flag -- without this, anyone can run 6653 the queue. 6654 Reset SmtpPhase global on initial connection creation so that 6655 messages don't come out with stale information. 6656 Pass an "ext" argument to lockfile so that error/log messages 6657 will properly reflect the true filename being locked. 6658 Put all [...] address forms into $=w -- this eliminates the need 6659 for MAXIPADDR in conf.h. Suggested by John Gardiner 6660 Myers of CMU. 6661 Fix a bug that can cause qf files to be left around even after 6662 an SMTP RSET command. Problem and fix from Michael 6663 Corrigan. 6664 Don't send a PostmasterCopy to errors when the Precedence: is 6665 negative. Error reports still go to the envelope 6666 sender address. 6667 Add LA_SHORT for load averages. 6668 Lock sendmail.st file when posting statistics. 6669 Add "SendBufSize" and "RcvBufSize" suboptions to "O" option to 6670 set the size of the TCP send and receive buffers; if you 6671 run over a slow slip line you may need to set these down 6672 (although it would be better to fix the SLIP implementation 6673 so that it's not necessary to recompile every program 6674 that does bulk data transfer). 6675 Allow null defaults on $( ... $) lookups. Problem reported by 6676 Amir Plivatsky. 6677 Diagnose crufty S and V config lines. This resulted from an 6678 observation that some people were using the SITE macro 6679 without the SITECONFIG macro first, which was causing 6680 bogus config files that were not caught. 6681 Fix makemap -f flag to turn off case folding (it was turning it 6682 on instead). THIS IS A USER VISIBLE CHANGE!!! 6683 Fix a problem that caused multiple error messages to be sent if 6684 you used "sendmail -t -oem -odb", your system uses fcntl 6685 locking, and one of the recipient addresses is unknown. 6686 Reset uid earlier in include() so that recursive .forwards or 6687 :include:s don't use the wrong uid. 6688 If file descriptor 0, 1, or 2 was closed when sendmail was 6689 called, the code to recover the descriptor was broken. 6690 This sometimes (only sometimes) caused problems with the 6691 alias file. Fix from Motonori Nakamura. 6692 Fix a problem that caused aliaswait to go into infinite recursion 6693 if the @:@ metasymbol wasn't found in the alias file. 6694 Improve error message on newaliases if database files cannot be 6695 opened or if running with no database format defined. 6696 Do a better estimation of the size of error messages when NoReturn 6697 is set. Problem noted by P{r (Pell) Emanuelsson. 6698 Fix a problem causing the "c" option (don't connect to expensive 6699 mailers) to be ignored in SMTP. Problem noted and the 6700 solution suggested by Robert Elz of The University of 6701 Melbourne. 6702 Improve connection caching algorithm by passing "[host]" to 6703 hostsignature, which strips the square brackets and 6704 returns the real name. This allows mailertable entries 6705 to match regular entries. 6706 Re-enable Return-Receipt-To: -- people seem to want this stupid 6707 feature, even if it doesn't work right. 6708 Catch and log attempts to try the "wiz" command in server SMTP. 6709 This also ups the log level from LOG_NOTICE to LOG_CRIT. 6710 Be more generous at assigning $z to the home directory -- do this 6711 for programs that are specified through a .forward file. 6712 Fix from Andrew Chang of Sun Microsystems. 6713 Always save a fatal error message in preference to a non-fatal 6714 error message so that the "subject" line of return 6715 messages is the best possible. 6716 CONFIG: reduce the number of quotes needed to quote configuration 6717 parameters with commas: two quotes should work now, e.g., 6718 define(ALIAS_FILE, ``/etc/aliases,/etc/aliases.local''). 6719 CONFIG: class $=Z is a set of UUCP hosts that use uucp-dom 6720 connections (domain-ized UUCP). 6721 CONFIG: fix bug in default maps (-o must be before database file 6722 name). Pointed out by Christophe Wolfhugel. 6723 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nodns) to state that we are not relying on 6724 DNS. This would presumably be used in UUCP islands. 6725 CONFIG: add OSTYPE(nextstep) and OSTYPE(linux). 6726 CONFIG: log $u in Received: line. This is in technical violation 6727 of the standards, since it doesn't guarantee a domain 6728 on the address. 6729 CONFIG: don't assume "m" in local mailer flags -- this means that 6730 if you redefine LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS you will have to include 6731 the "m" flag should you want it. Apparently some Solaris 2.2 6732 installations can't handle multiple local recipients. 6733 Problem noted by Josh Smith. 6734 CONFIG: add confDOMAIN_NAME to set $j (if undefined, $j defaults). 6735 CONFIG: change default version level from 4 to 5. 6736 CONFIG: add FEATURE(nullclient) to create a config file that 6737 forwards all mail to a hub without ever looking at the 6738 addresses in any detail. 6739 CONFIG: properly strip mailer: information off of relays when 6740 used to change .BITNET form into %-hack form. 6741 CONFIG: fix a problem that caused infinite loops if presented 6742 with an address such as "!foo". 6743 CONFIG: check for self literal (e.g., [128.32.131.12]) even if 6744 the reverse "PTR" mapping is broken. There's a better 6745 way to do this, but the change is fairly major and I 6746 want to hold it for another release. Problem noted by 6747 Bret Marquis. 6748 67498.5/8.5 1993/07/23 6750 Serious bug: if you used a command line recipient that was unknown 6751 sendmail would not send a return message (it was treating 6752 everything as though it had an SMTP-style client that 6753 would do the return itself). Problem noted by Josh Smith. 6754 Change "trymx" option in getcanonname() to ignore all MX data, 6755 even during a T_ANY query. This actually didn't break 6756 anything, because the only time you called getcanonname 6757 with !trymx was if you already knew there were no MX 6758 records, but it is somewhat cleaner. From Motonori 6759 Nakamura. 6760 Don't call getcanonname from getmxrr if you already know there 6761 are no DNS records matching the name. 6762 Fix a problem causing error messages to always include "The 6763 original message was received ... from localhost". 6764 The correct original host information is now included. 6765 Previous change to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh doesn't port to Ultrix (their 6766 version of "test" doesn't have the -x flag). Change it 6767 to use -f instead. From John Myers. 6768 CONFIG: 8.4 mistakenly set the default SMTP-style mailer to 6769 esmtp -- it should be smtp. 6770 CONFIG: send all relayed mail using confRELAY_MAILER (defaults 6771 to "relay" (a variant of "smtp") if MAILER(smtp) is used, 6772 else "suucp" if MAILER(uucp) is used, else "unknown"); 6773 this cleans up the configs somewhat. This fixes a serious 6774 problem that caused route-addrs to get mistaken as relays, 6775 pointed out by John Myers. WARNING: this also causes 6776 the default on SMART_HOST to change from "suucp" to 6777 "relay" if you have MAILER(smtp) specified. 6778 67798.4/8.4 1993/07/22 6780 Add option `w'. If you receive a message that comes to you because 6781 you are the best (lowest preference) target of an MX, and 6782 you haven't explicitly recognized the source MX host in 6783 your .cf file, this option will cause you to try the target 6784 host directly (as if there were no MX for it at all). If 6785 `w' is not set, this case is a configuration error. 6786 Beware: if `w' is set, senders may get bogus errors like 6787 "message timed out" or "host unknown" for problems that 6788 are really configuration errors. This option is 6789 disrecommended, provided only for compatibility with 6790 UIUC sendmail. 6791 Fix a problem that caused the incoming socket to be left open 6792 when sendmail forks after the DATA command. This caused 6793 calling systems to wait in FIN_WAIT_2 state until the 6794 entire list was processed and the child closed -- a 6795 potentially prodigious amount of time. Problem noted 6796 by Neil Rickert. 6797 Fix problem (created in 6.64) that caused mail sent to multiple 6798 addresses, one of which was a bad address, to completely 6799 suppress the sending of the message. This changes 6800 handling of EF_FATALERRS somewhat, and adds an 6801 EF_GLOBALERRS flag. This also fixes a potential problem 6802 with duplicate error messages if there is a syntax error 6803 in the header of a message that isn't noticed until late 6804 in processing. Original problem pointed out by Josh Smith 6805 of Harvey Mudd College. This release includes quite a bit 6806 of dickering with error handling (see below). 6807 Back out SMTP transaction if MAIL gets nested 501 error. This 6808 will only hurt already-broken software and should help 6809 humans. 6810 Fix a problem that broke aliases when neither NDBM nor NEWDB were 6811 compiled in. It would never read the alias file. 6812 Repair unbalanced `)' and `>' (the "open" versions are already 6813 repaired). 6814 Logging of "done" in dropenvelope() was incorrect: it would 6815 log this even when the queue file still existed. Change 6816 this to only log "done" (at log level 11) when the 6817 queue file is actually removed. From John Myers. 6818 Log "lost connection" in server SMTP at log level 20 if there 6819 is no pending transaction. Some senders just close the 6820 connection rather than sending QUIT. 6821 Fix a bug causing getmxrr to add a dot to the end of unqualified 6822 domains that do not have MX records -- this would cause 6823 the subsequent host name lookup to fail. The problem 6824 only occurred if you had FEATURE(nocanonify) set. 6825 Problem noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 6826 Fix invocation of setvbuf when passed a -X flag -- I had 6827 unwittingly used an ANSI C extension, and this caused 6828 core dumps on some machines. 6829 Diagnose self-destructive alias loops on RCPT as well as EXPN. 6830 Previously it just gave an empty send queue, which 6831 then gave either "Need RCPT (recipient)" at the DATA 6832 (confusing, since you had given an RCPT command which 6833 returned 250) or just dropped the email, depending on 6834 whether you were running VERBose mode. Now it usually 6835 diagnoses this case as "aliasing/forwarding loop broken". 6836 Unfortunately, it still doesn't adequately diagnose 6837 some true error conditions. 6838 Add internal concept of "warning messages" using 6xx codes. 6839 These are not reported only to Postmaster. Unbalanced 6840 parens, brackets, and quotes are printed as 653 codes. 6841 They are always mapped to 5xx codes before use in SMTP. 6842 Clean up error messages to tell both the actual address that 6843 failed and the alias they arose from. This makes it 6844 somewhat easier to diagnose problems. Difficulty noted 6845 by Motonori Nakamura. 6846 Fix a problem that inappropriately added a ctladdr to addresses 6847 that shouldn't have had one during a queue run. This 6848 caused error messages to be handled differently during 6849 a queue run than a direct run. 6850 Don't print the qf name and line number if you get errors during 6851 the direct run of the queue from srvrsmtp -- this was 6852 just extra stuff for users to crawl through. 6853 Put command line flags on second line of pid file so you can 6854 auto-restart the daemon with all appropriate arguments. 6855 Use "kill `head -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to stop the 6856 daemon, and "eval `tail -1 /etc/sendmail.pid`" to 6857 restart it. 6858 Remove the ``setuid(getuid())'' in main -- this caused the 6859 IDENT daemon to screw up. This required that I change 6860 HASSETEUID to HASSETREUID and complicate the mode 6861 changing somewhat because both Ultrix and SunOS seem 6862 to have a bug causing seteuid() to set the saved uid 6863 as well as the effective. The program test/t_setreuid.c 6864 will test to see if your implementation of setreuid(2) 6865 is appropriately functional. 6866 The FallBackMX (option V) handling failed to properly identify 6867 fallback to yourself -- most of the code was there, 6868 but it wasn't being enabled. Problem noted by Murray 6869 Kucherawy of the University of Waterloo. 6870 Change :include: open timeout from ETIMEDOUT to an internal 6871 code EOPENTIMEOUT; this avoids adding "during SmtpPhase 6872 with CurHostName" in error messages, which can be 6873 confusing. Reported by Jonathan Kamens of OpenVision 6874 Technologies. 6875 Back out setpgrp (setpgid on POSIX systems) call to reset the 6876 process group id. The original fix was to get around 6877 some problems with recalcitrant MUAs, but it breaks 6878 any call from a shell that creates a process group id 6879 different from the process id. I could try to fix 6880 this by diddling the tty owner (using tcsetpgrp or 6881 equivalent) but this is too likely to break other 6882 things. 6883 Portability changes: 6884 Support -M as equivalent to -oM on Ultrix -- apparently 6885 DECnet calls sendmail with -MrDECnet -Ms<HOST> -bs 6886 instead of using standard flags. Oh joy. This 6887 behavior reported by Jon Giltner of University 6888 of Colorado. 6889 SGI IRIX -- this includes several changes that should 6890 help other strict ANSI compilers. 6891 SCO Unix -- from Murray Kucherawy of HookUp Communication 6892 Corporation. 6893 Solaris running the Sun C compiler (which despite the 6894 documentation apparently doesn't define 6895 __STDC__ by default). 6896 ConvexOS from Eric Schnoebelen of Convex. 6897 Sony NEWS workstations and Omron LUNA workstations from 6898 Motonori Nakamura. 6899 CONFIG: add confTRY_NULL_MX_LIST to set option `w'. 6900 CONFIG: delete `C' and `e' from default SMTP mailers flags; 6901 several people have made a good argument that this 6902 creates more problems than it solves (although this 6903 may prove painful in the short run). 6904 CONFIG: generalize all the relays to accept a "mailer:host" 6905 format. 6906 CONFIG: move local processing in ruleset 0 into a new ruleset 6907 98 (8 on old sendmail). Domain literal [a.b.c.d] 6908 addresses are also passed through this ruleset. 6909 CONFIG: if neither SMART_HOST nor MAILER(smtp) were defined, 6910 internet-style addresses would "fall off the end" of 6911 ruleset zero and be interpreted as local -- however, 6912 the angle brackets confused the recursive call. 6913 These are now diagnosed as "Unrecognized host name". 6914 CONFIG: USENET rules weren't included in S0 because of a mistaken 6915 ifdef(`_MAILER_USENET_') instead of 6916 ifdef(`_MAILER_usenet_'). Problem found by Rein Tollevik 6917 of SINTEF RUNIT, Oslo. 6918 CONFIG: move up LOCAL_RULE_0 processing so that it happens very 6919 early in ruleset 0; this allows .mc authors to bypass 6920 things like the "short circuit" code for local addresses. 6921 Prompted by a comment by Bill Wisner of The Well. 6922 CONFIG: add confSMTP_MAILER to define the mailer used (smtp or 6923 esmtp) to send SMTP mail. This allows you to default 6924 to esmtp but use a mailertable or other override to 6925 deal with broken servers. This logic was pointed out 6926 to me by Bill Wisner. Ditto for confLOCAL_MAILER. 6927 Changes to cf/sh/makeinfo.sh to make it portable to SVR4 6928 environments. Ugly as sin. 6929 69308.3/8.3 1993/07/13 6931 Fix setuid problems introduced in 8.2 that caused messages 6932 like "Cannot create qfXXXXXX: Invalid argument" 6933 or "Cannot reopen dfXXXXXX: Permission denied". This 6934 involved a new compile flag "HASSETEUID" that takes 6935 the place of the old _POSIX_SAVED_IDS -- it turns out 6936 that the POSIX interface is broken enough to break 6937 some systems badly. This includes some fixes for 6938 HP-UX. Also fixes problems where the real uid is 6939 not reset properly on startup (from Neil Rickert). 6940 Fix a problem that caused timed out messages to not report the 6941 addresses that timed out. Error messages are also more 6942 "user friendly". 6943 Drop required bandwidth on connections from 64 bytes/sec to 6944 16 bytes/sec. 6945 Further Solaris portability changes -- doesn't require the BSD 6946 compatibility library. This also adds a new 6947 "HASGETDTABLESIZE" compile flag which can be used if 6948 you want to use getdtablesize(2) instead of sysconf(2). 6949 These are loosely based on changes from David Meyer at 6950 University of Oregon. This now seems to work, at least 6951 for quick test cases. 6952 Fix a problem that can cause duplicate error messages to be 6953 sent if you are in SMTP, you send to multiple addresses, 6954 and at least one of those addresses is good and points 6955 to an account that has a .forward file (whew!). 6956 Fix a problem causing messages to be discarded if checkcompat() 6957 returned EX_TEMPFAIL (because it didn't properly mark 6958 the "to" address). Problem noted by John Myers. 6959 Fix dfopen to return NULL if the open failed; I was depending 6960 on fdopen(-1) returning NULL, which isn't the case. This 6961 isn't serious, but does result in weird error diagnoses. 6962 From Michael Corrigan. 6963 CONFIG: add UUCP_MAX_SIZE M4 macro to set the maximum size of 6964 messages sent through UUCP-family mailers. Suggested 6965 by Bill Wisner of The Well. 6966 CONFIG: if both MAILER(uucp) and MAILER(smtp) are specified, 6967 include a "uucp-dom" mailer that uses domain-style 6968 addressing. Suggested by Bill Wisner. 6969 CONFIG: Add LOCAL_SHELL_FLAGS and LOCAL_SHELL_ARGS to match 6970 LOCAL_MAILER_FLAGS and LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS. Suggested by 6971 Christophe Wolfhugel. 6972 CONFIG: Add OSTYPE(aix3). From Christophe Wolfhugel. 6973 69748.2/8.2 1993/07/11 6975 Don't drop out on config file parse errors in -bt mode. 6976 On older configuration files, assume option "l" (use Errors-To 6977 header) for back compatibility. NOTE: this DOES NOT 6978 imply an endorsement of the Errors-To: header in any way. 6979 Accept -x flag on AIX-3 as well as OSF/1. Why, why, why??? 6980 Don't log errors on EHLO -- it isn't a "real" error for an old 6981 SMTP server to give an error on this command, and 6982 logging it in the transcript can be confusing. Fix 6983 from Bill Wisner. 6984 IRIX compatibility changes provided by Dan Rich 6985 <drich@sandman.lerc.nasa.gov>. 6986 Solaris 2 compatibility changes. Provided by Bob Cunningham 6987 <bob@kahala.soest.hawaii.edu>, John Oleynick 6988 <juo@klinzhai.rutgers.edu> 6989 Debugging: -d17 was overloaded (hostsignature and usersmtp.c); 6990 move usersmtp (smtpinit and smtpmailfrom) to -d18 to 6991 match the other flags in that file. 6992 Flush transcript before fork in mailfile(). From Eric Wassenaar. 6993 Save h_errno in mci struct and improve error message display. 6994 Changes from Eric Wassenaar. 6995 Open /dev/null for the transcript if the create of the xf file 6996 failed; this avoids at least one possible null pointer 6997 reference in very weird cases. From Eric Wassenaar. 6998 Clean up statistics gathering; it was over-reporting because of 6999 forks. From Eric Wassenaar. 7000 Fix problem that causes old Return-Path: line to override new 7001 Return-Path: line (conf.c needs H_FORCE to avoid 7002 re-using old value). From Motonori Nakamura. 7003 Fix broken -m flag in K definition -- even if -m (match only) 7004 was specified, it would still replace the key with the 7005 value. Noted by Rick McCarty of Texas Instruments. 7006 If the name server timed out over several days, no "timed out" 7007 message would ever be sent back. The timeout code 7008 has been moved from markfailure() to dropenvelope() 7009 so that all such failures should be diagnosed. Pointed 7010 out by Christophe Wolfhugel and others. 7011 Relax safefile() constraints: directories in an include or 7012 forward path must be readable by self if the controlling 7013 user owns the entry, readable by all otherwise (e.g., 7014 when reading your .forward file, you have to own and 7015 have X permission in it; everyone needs X permission in 7016 the root and directories leading up to your home); 7017 include files must be readable by anyone, but need not 7018 be owned by you. 7019 If _POSIX_SAVED_IDS is defined, setuid to the owner before 7020 reading a .forward file; this gets around some problems 7021 on NFS mounts if root permission is not exported and 7022 the user's home directory isn't x'able. 7023 Additional NeXT portability enhancements from Axel Zinser. 7024 Additional HP-UX portability enhancements from Brian Bullen. 7025 Add a timeout around SMTP message writes; this assumes you can 7026 get throughput of at least 64 bytes/second. Note that 7027 this does not impact the "datafinal" default, which 7028 is separate; this is just intended to work around 7029 network clogs that will occur before the final dot 7030 is sent. From Eric Wassenaar. 7031 Change map code to set the "include null" flag adaptively -- 7032 it initially tries both, but if it finds anything 7033 matching without a null it never tries again with a 7034 null and vice versa. If -N is specified, it never 7035 tries without the null and creates new maps with a 7036 null byte. If -O is specified, it never tries with 7037 the null (for efficiency). If -N and -O are specified, 7038 you get -NO (get it?) lookup at all, so this would 7039 be a bad idea. If you don't specify either -N or -O, 7040 it adapts. 7041 Fix recognition of "same from address" so that MH submissions 7042 will insert the appropriate full name information; 7043 this used to work and got broken somewhere along the 7044 way. 7045 Some changes to eliminate some unnecessary SYSERRs in the 7046 log. For example, if you lost a connection, don't 7047 bother reporting that fact on the connection you lost. 7048 Add some "extended debugging" flags to try to track down 7049 why we get occasional problems with file descriptor 7050 one being closed when execing a mailer; it seems to 7051 only happen when there has been another error in the 7052 same transaction. This requires XDEBUG, defined 7053 by default in conf.h. 7054 Add "-X filename" command line flag, which logs both sides of 7055 all SMTP transactions. This is intended ONLY for 7056 debugging bad implementations of other mailers; start 7057 it up, send a message from a mailer that is failing, 7058 and then kill it off and examine the indicated log. 7059 This output is not intended to be particularly human 7060 readable. This also adds the HASSETVBUF compile 7061 flag, defaulted on if your compiler defines __STDC__. 7062 CONFIG: change SMART_HOST to override an SMTP mailer. If you 7063 have a local net that should get direct connects, you 7064 will need to use LOCAL_NET_CONFIG to catch these hosts. 7065 See cf/README for an example. 7066 CONFIG: add LOCAL_MAILER_ARGS (default: `mail -d $u') to handle 7067 sites that don't use the -d flag. 7068 CONFIG: hide recipient addresses as well as sender addresses 7069 behind $M if FEATURE(allmasquerade) is specified; this 7070 has been requested by several people, but can break 7071 local aliases. For example, if you mail to "localalias" 7072 this will be rewritten as "localalias@masqueradehost"; 7073 although initial delivery will work, replies will be 7074 broken. Use it sparingly. 7075 CONFIG: add FEATURE(domaintable). This maps unqualified domains 7076 to qualified domains in headers. I believe this is 7077 largely equivalent to the IDA feature of the same name. 7078 CONFIG: use $U as UUCP name instead of $k. This permits you 7079 to override the "system name" as your UUCP name -- 7080 in particular, to use domain-ized UUCP names. From 7081 Bill Wisner of The Well. 7082 CONFIG: create new mailer "esmtp" that always tries EHLO 7083 first. This is currently unused in the config files, 7084 but could be used in a mailertable entry. 7085 70868.1C/8.1B 1993/06/27 7087 Serious security bug fix: it was possible to read any file on 7088 the system, regardless of ownership and permissions. 7089 If a subroutine returns a fully qualified address, return it 7090 immediately instead of feeding it back into rewriting. 7091 This fixes a problem with mailertable lookups. 7092 CONFIG: fix some M4 frotz (concat => CONCAT) 7093 70948.1B/8.1A 1993/06/12 7095 Serious bug fix: pattern matching backup algorithm stepped by 7096 two tokens in classes instead of one. Found by Claus 7097 Assmann at University of Kiel, Germany. 7098 70998.1A/8.1A 1993/06/08 7100 Another mailertable fix.... 7101 71028.1/8.1 1993/06/07 7103 4.4BSD freeze. No semantic changes. 7104